10-K 1 form10k.htm TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION 10-K 12-31-2011 form10k.htm


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from_______________to_______________ 
 
Commission file number 000-25287

TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Indiana    35-2051170
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
116 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana   46802
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (260) 427-7000
 
 
 Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange 
on which registered
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  Common stock, no par value   NASDAQ / G
       
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE      
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o Nox

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company x
 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company.)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non affiliates of the registrant based on the last sale price for such stock at June 30, 2011 (assuming solely for the purposes of this calculation that all directors and executive officers of the registrant are “affiliates”): $26,347,551

Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at March 19, 2012: 4,853,136

The exhibit index required by Item 601(a) of Regulation S-K is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report
Document Incorporated by Reference
Certain portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2011, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report
 


 
 

 
 
TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Fort Wayne, Indiana

Annual Report to Securities and Exchange Commission
December 31, 2011

PART I

ITEM 1
BUSINESS.

Company

Tower Financial Corporation, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company,” was incorporated as an Indiana corporation on July 8, 1998. We are a bank holding company with one bank subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust (the “Bank” or “Tower Bank”) and two unconsolidated subsidiary guarantor trusts, Tower Capital Trust 2, and Tower Capital Trust 3.

The Bank is an Indiana chartered bank with depository accounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Tower Capital Trust 2 and Tower Capital Trust 3 are unconsolidated, wholly owned Delaware statutory business trusts formed in December 2005 and December 2006, respectively, for the exclusive purpose of raising Federal Reserve approved capital through the issuance and sale of securities known as trust preferred securities.  The Bank has a direct wholly owned trust company subsidiary, Tower Trust Company (the “Trust Company”), that is an Indiana Corporation formed on January 1, 2006 and was previously owned by the bank holding company until December 1, 2009.  Through September 30, 2011, the Bank also had a direct wholly owned Nevada investment subsidiary, Tower Capital Investments, Inc., that was formed on July 1, 2006 for the purpose of holding long term investments, and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Tower Funding Corporation. Tower Funding Corporation was a Maryland real estate investment trust, or “REIT,” formed as well on July 1, 2006.  The REIT purchased mortgage-backed real estate loans from the Bank.  Both, Tower Capital Investments, Inc. and Tower Funding Corporation were liquidated and dissolved as of September 30, 2011.

The Bank opened on February 19, 1999 and provides a range of commercial and consumer banking services from six locations in the metropolitan area of Fort Wayne, Allen County, Indiana, and one location in Warsaw, Indiana.  The Bank’s lending strategy is focused on commercial and commercial mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, on consumer and residential mortgage loans. The Bank offers a broad array of deposit products, including checking, savings, and money market accounts, certificates of deposit and direct deposit services. Trust investment and management services are offered by the Trust Company.

The Bank’s and the Trust Company’s main offices are located at 116 East Berry Street in downtown Fort Wayne, Indiana, which also serves as our corporate headquarters.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in other reports or registration statements filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or under the Securities Act of 1933, as well as in documents we incorporate by reference or in press releases or oral statements made by our officers or representatives, we may make statements that express our opinions, expectations, or projections regarding future events or future results, in contrast with statements that reflect historical facts. These predictive statements, which we generally precede or accompany by such typical conditional words such as "anticipate," "intend," "believe," "estimate," "plan," "seek," "project," "potential," or "expect," or by the words "may," "will," "could," or "should," and similar expressions or terminology are intended to operate as "forward-looking statements" of the kind permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. That legislation protects such predictive statements by creating a "safe harbor" from liability in the event that a particular prediction does not turn out as anticipated.
 
Forward-looking statements convey our current expectations or forecast future events. While we always intend to express our best judgment when we make statements about what we believe will occur in the future, and although we base these statements on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable when made, these forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of performance, and you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to many uncertainties and other variable circumstances, many of which are outside of our control, that could cause our actual results and experience to differ materially from those we thought would occur.
 
 
1

 
 
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, without limitation, the following:
 
 
·
the risk of being adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations by our regulators as a result of operating in a highly regulated banking environment;
 
·
the risk of generating a higher consolidated effective tax rate as a result of changes in tax laws, tax rates, or our ability to record taxable income;
 
·
the impact of a prolonged recession on our asset quality, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and the sufficiency of our capital;
 
·
the effect of general economic and monetary conditions and the regulatory environment on the Bank’s ability to attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads;
 
·
the impact of a high concentration of loans in commercial and commercial real estate loans;
 
·
the risk of further loan delinquencies and losses due to loan defaults by both commercial loan customers or a significant number of other borrowers;
 
·
the risk of being adversely impacted by Health Care Reform as a result of our high concentration in health savings accounts;
 
·
the risk of further losses in our investment portfolio as a result of a higher concentration in municipal bonds that have more credit risk than government backed agencies;
 
·
 restrictions or additional capital requirements imposed on us by our regulators;
 
·
dependence on our key banking and management personnel;
 
·
the risk that our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented; and
 
·
the risk that our Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve may impair our operations or restrict our growth.
 
Please also refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this report for a discussion of some of the principal risks and uncertainties inherent in our businesses.
 
Any forward-looking statements which we make in this report or in any of the documents that are incorporated by reference herein speak only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no ongoing obligation to update such statements. Comparisons of results between current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.
 
Tower Bank & Trust Company
 
Lending

We generally make loans to individuals and businesses located in Allen, Kosciusko and the surrounding counties in Northeast Indiana. Our loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 consisted of commercial and commercial real estate loans (71.9%), residential mortgage loans (17.7%) and personal loans (10.4%). The Bank’s legal lending limit under applicable federal banking regulations is approximately $11.6 million, based on the legal lending limit of 15% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital.  We continue to pursue opportunities to originate new loans in order to grow earning assets to existing customers as well as new customers.

Loan Segments:

Commercial Loan: Our lending activities focus primarily on providing small- and medium-sized businesses in our market area with commercial loans. These loans are both secured and unsecured and are made available for general operating purposes, including acquisition of fixed assets such as real estate, equipment and machinery, and lines of credit collateralized by inventory and accounts receivable. Typically, our customers' financing requirements range from $250,000 to $5.0 million.  Commercial and industrial loans comprised 46.3% and 48.0% of total loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The majority of these are secured by a lien on equipment, inventory and/or other assets, but can also be secured by owner-occupied or investment real estate.  Commercial and industrial loans also include revolving notes for working capital that range in maturity from on demand to no longer than one year. Commercial real estate loans comprised 25.6% of total loans at December 31, 2011, up from 24.4% at December 31, 2010.  Some commercial and industrial loans and some commercial real estate loans have fixed interest rates, while others have floating interest rates.  These loans typically have maturities of 1 to 5 years.

Commercial real estate lending involves more risk than residential lending because loan balances are typically greater and repayment is dependent not only upon general economic conditions and the continuing merits of the particular real estate project securing the loan, but also, and importantly, upon the underlying value of the collateral and the borrower’s financial health and liquidity.  Accordingly, we have reduced the risk associated with these transactions by establishing limits for concentration in certain types of loans, projects, and borrowers, developed additional checks and balances in the approval process, increased underwriting standards and employed a higher degree of oversight.  We refer you to a further discussion of this subject in the next section under “Lending Policies.”
 
 
2

 

In 2010 and 2011, we continued to focus on improving asset quality and increasing long-term profitability.  To accomplish these goals, we undertook an action plan to decrease the amount of nonperforming loans from our portfolio, along with performing loans rated as “classified” by our internal rating system, through liquidation of collateral, encouraging and cooperating in refinancing certain loans through other financial institutions, and/or taking additional charges against certain loans.  Additionally, we have allocated additional resources to increase the speed in reacting to and dealing with potential deterioration of borrowers’ assets.

Mortgage Banking: We provide fixed rate, long-term residential mortgage loans and floating, short-term construction loans to our customers. Our general policy, which is subject to periodic review by management, is to sell the majority of loans originated on the secondary market.  We retain only those loans where we have ongoing, multi-faceted customer relationships or to keep our portfolio at benchmark levels and support our commitment to our customers and community.  All other loans are immediately sold, or are originated on a brokered basis for another investor.  We utilize both correspondent and wholesale delivery methods for sold loans where we may also have delegated underwriting and closing responsibility.   We typically receive an average of 1.5% of the loan amount between the service release premium and fees on sold and brokered loans. We do not retain servicing rights with respect to residential mortgage loans that we broker or sell. During 2011, we originated $4.9 million in construction loans and $68.9 million of residential mortgage loans.  We retain all construction loans in our loan portfolio.  Of the $68.9 million of residential mortgage loans originated, we retained $25.5 million, sold $38.7 million in the secondary market, and brokered $4.7 million.  These loans were a combination of traditional conventional loan products, jumbo whole loans, and government loan programs (FHA/VA).  We neither originated nor purchased any subprime loans in 2011, nor have we done so historically.

   
For the years ended December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Real estate mortgage loans originated and retained
  $ 30,346     $ 37,403     $ 45,370  
Real estate mortgage loans originated and sold
    38,710       37,885       35,135  
Real estate mortgages brokered
    4,671       6,111       5,277  
 
Personal Loans and Lines of Credit: We make personal loans and lines of credit available to consumers for various purposes, such as the purchase of automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles, as well as to make home improvements and personal investments. The majority of our personal loans are home equity loans secured by a second lien on real estate. We retain all of such loans in our loan portfolio.

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans and usually involve more credit risk than mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral. Consumer lending collections are dependent on a borrower’s continuing financial stability and are thus likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness and personal bankruptcy. In many cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of depreciation of the underlying collateral.

In order to maximize our consumer loan approval efficiencies and ensure we met our customer’s service expectations, we utilize centralized underwriting.  We continue to pursue a policy of prudent loan underwriting, with an emphasis on our borrower’s amount of the down payment, credit quality, employment stability, and monthly income. Consumer loans are generally repaid on a monthly repayment schedule with the payment amount tied to the borrower’s periodic income. We believe that the generally higher yields earned on consumer loans help to compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans, and we believe that consumer loans are important to our efforts to serve the credit needs of our customer base.  Historically, our delinquency rates and losses on consumer loans have been lower than that of the national average, which held true in 2011.

Our Lending Policies:

Loan Policies: Although we maintain a competitive approach to lending, we strive to underwrite high quality loans.  We employ written loan policies that contain general lending guidelines and are subject to periodic review and revision by our Board Loan and Investment Committee and our Board of Directors. These policies relate to loan administration, documentation, approval and reporting requirements for various types of loans.
 
 
3

 

Our loan policies include procedures for oversight and monitoring of our lending practices and loan portfolio. We seek to make sound loans, while recognizing that lending money involves a degree of business risk. Our loan policies are designed to assist in managing the business risk involved in making loans. These policies provide a general framework for our lending operations, while recognizing that not all loan outcomes and results can be anticipated. Our loan policies instruct lending personnel to use care and prudent decision-making and to seek the guidance of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Lending Officer or the Executive Vice President of Risk Management where appropriate.

Since 2004, we have maintained a separate credit department that is generally responsible for the integrity of data used by lending personnel for underwriting decisions.  Additionally, our credit department is responsible for providing independent financial analysis and credit assessments for loan aggregations above $250,000.  Our credit department also assists in the application of loan policy and the identification of unresolved or potential credit issues.  Since 2008, we have outsourced our loan review function to an independent accounting firm.

Our loan policies provide limits for loan-to-value ratios that limit the size of certain types of loans to a maximum percentage of the value of the real estate collateral securing the loans.  The loan-to-value percentage varies by the type of collateral. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 established regulatory and supervisory loan-to-value limits. Our internal loan-to-value limitations follow those limits and, in certain cases, are more restrictive than those required by regulators.  However, exceptions may be made to these limits and are allowable under the regulatory rules as long as the aggregate balance of these exceptions does not exceed certain capital thresholds.  Exception balances are below the capital thresholds established by regulatory rules.

Our loan policies also establish an “in-house” guideline limit on the aggregate amount of loans to any one borrower. In 2010, we reduced our in-house limit from $7 million to $5 million.  Our loan committee approves all loan relationships above $1 million.  Additionally, the Bank Board’s loan and investment committee reviews all lending relationships over $5.0 million on a quarterly basis. This internal limit is subject to review and revision by our Board of Directors from time to time. In addition, our loan policies provide guidelines for (i) personal guarantees, (ii) loans to employees, executive officers and directors, (iii) problem loan identification, (iv) maintenance of an allowance for loan losses (v) interest reserves, and (vi) other matters relating to our lending practices.

Our Underwriting Policies:

Commercial Loans: Commercial and Industrial loans are underwritten using an analysis of the customer’s current and historical financial statements.  The type of financial statement that we require (audited, reviewed, compiled, tax return, or internally prepared) varies depending on the credit size, complexity, and risk.  Financial projections may be required for loans with a term greater than one year.  For all aggregated borrowing relationships in excess of $100,000, a cash flow analysis is completed for each corporate borrower, and a debt-to-income ratio is calculated for each personal guarantor.  For those relationships where reliance is placed on a borrower or guarantor that is involved in several loans, business ventures or real estate projects, both a separate cash flow analysis and a consolidated global cash flow analysis is required.  This is mandatory for all requests that are in excess of five percent of the Bank’s capital. In addition, we review the quality and value of collateral provided to determine the appropriate advance rates and analyze the risks inherent in the business enterprise to determine the appropriate financial covenant package.

Commercial Real Estate Loans: The Company will consider commercial real estate financing for any feasible project including land loans, acquisition and development loans, construction loans and long-term mortgages for income producing and investment properties.  Loans are not to be extended to developers or builders who have been subject to a foreclosure action or have given a creditor a deed in-lieu of foreclosure.  Commercial Real Estate loans are generally made with full recourse or limited recourse to all principals and owners.

All real estate credit extensions are to meet high standards of quality and are to be in compliance with the Bank’s policies.  Relationship managers are to explain and document any exceptions to our underwriting policies.

Residential Mortgage Loans: Residential mortgage loans are defined as loans for primary or secondary residences. No rental property loans will be considered under the guidelines for residential mortgage underwriting.  Secondary residences are limited to one unit.  Loans for rental properties are to be considered as business loan requests subject to the Commercial Real Estate guidelines.

Loans to be sold into the secondary market are not subject to these guidelines.  Portfolio loans must adhere to all requirements below (they follow the requirements of the purchaser in the secondary market) and to all requirements for consumer credits (except the requirement as to maximum debt-to-income ratio) described herein.
 
 
4

 

It is the stated goal of the Bank to offer mortgage loans on owner-occupied real estate at competitive rates and terms to customers in our defined lending areas.  Mortgage loan terms should be related to the nature and market value of the security property, as well as income, future earning ability and credit history of the borrower.  Mortgages should be made in anticipation of regular amortization, not foreclosure.

Rates for residential mortgage loans are fixed for the term of the loan.  The company does not underwrite any hybrid loans, or sub-prime loans within its residential portfolio.  Adjustable rate loans are limited to Commercial, Commercial Real Estate, and Home Equity products. The rates for these loans are primarily tied to the Prime Rate as stated in the Wall Street Journal.

Home Equity Loans: Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are underwritten using the same guidelines and procedures outlined above for residential mortgage loans.  The loan to value maximum for a home equity loan or line of credit is capped at 90% of the appraised value.

Consumer Loans: All consumer loans are to be supported by a signed, completed credit application or a credit file memo disclosing loan purpose, applicant’s income and obligations, and repayment terms.  Related documents should include a current or recent credit bureau report.  Unsecured consumer loans of $5,000 and larger must also have a current financial statement on file on a form acceptable to the Company.

Typically, the rates for variable rate loans in all categories are underwritten using the Prime Rate index or LIBOR index as stated in the Wall Street Journal.  Typical loan terms on these types of products range from one to five years with interest rates between 0.00% to 3.00% over the Prime Rate or LIBOR.

Sources of Our Funds

In 2011, no inter-company contributions were made; nor did we attempt to obtain capital in any form other than through our net income.  In 2010, no inter-company contributions were made, but we did receive net proceeds of $2.8 million from a private placement of 458,342 shares of our common stock.  In 2009, we made capital contributions to the Bank of $8.1 million, of which $1.8 million came from the private placement of 18,300 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and $5.5 million came from our sale of the Trust Company to the Bank.  Also in 2009 and prior to the sale to the Bank, the Trust Company contributed $800,000 of capital to the Company, which was immediately contributed to the Bank.  The 2009 capital contributions to the Bank were made due to the net loss incurred during the year and because of added pressure in the financial institution industry to continually grow capital due to the prolonged economic decline.

On an ongoing basis, the Bank funds its operations and loan growth primarily with local deposits. Secondarily, the Bank uses alternative funding sources as needed, including advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, out-of-market deposits (including national market certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit) and other forms of wholesale financing. One component of our strategic plan includes a change in our deposit mix to assist us in increasing profitability and improving liquidity, which we believe we have been successful in accomplishing over the last three years. Two events occurred in 2008 and have carried through to 2011 to assist us with the change in our deposit mix.  First, in 2008, there was a 400 basis point drop in the Federal Funds Rate which resulted in our variable rate certificate of deposit products becoming a less attractive option for our customers, because such product is directly tied to the federal funds rate.  Due to the drop in rates, customers chose to select other avenues for investing their money as their deposits matured.  The second event in 2008 was the increase in the FDIC insurance to $250,000 for all interest-bearing accounts and an unlimited amount for non-interest bearing accounts.  As a result of these two events, the deposit mix started to change as customers chose to move money into an account that was fully insured or to one that offered better rates.  From December 2008 through December 31, 2011, the short- term interest rates remained unchanged and the FDIC insurance increase was extended through December 31, 2012 for the unlimited insurance on non-interest bearing accounts and the limit on all other accounts has been increased to $250,000 permanently.  As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had $170.4 million and $50.3 million, respectively, of deposits protected by unlimited FDIC insurance. By the end of 2011, the core deposits comprised 78.7% of total deposits compared to 74.9% and 76.0% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
Deposit Generation: We generate deposits primarily through offering a broad array of deposit products to individuals, businesses, associations, financial institutions, and government entities in our primary market areas. We generally seek a comprehensive banking relationship from our lending customers, which has contributed to our internal deposit growth. This often includes encouraging new customers to consider both business and personal checking accounts and other deposit services. Our deposit services include checking, savings, health savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, direct deposit services, and telephone and Internet banking. In December 2011, two customers deposited approximately $48 million for short-term purposes, which is the primary reason for the $76.9 million increase in noninterest bearing deposit accounts.  We expect these two deposits to be withdrawn from the Bank during the first quarter of 2012 when a more suitable permanent option is determined.  Also reported in the noninterest bearing category was approximately $28 million of deposits transferred from money market accounts.  This transfer occurred so that a new product can be created internally to be able to offer our customers sweep accounts.  These funds will be categorized as interest bearing demand deposit accounts upon the completion of the new product in early January 2012.
 
 
5

 
 
Outside of these uncommon deposit portfolio changes, health savings accounts continue to be a primary leader in core deposit growth in 2011.  These deposits showed an increase of $15.1 million to a balance of $65.1 million and approximately 43,000 accounts at December 31, 2011.  We offer a courier service for the deposit convenience of our business customers as well as wholesale lockbox and other business deposit and cash management services. We also generate certificates of deposit through national, so-called out-of-market sources. These deposits include brokered deposits, which we began accepting during 2003.  Currently, the out-of-market deposits are generated through negotiated transactions with brokers. As the out-of-market deposits typically come in the form of certificates of deposits or money market accounts, the interest expense associated with these deposits is normally higher than interest paid on in-market deposits. In 2011, the average cost of funds on out-of-market deposits was 2.67%, while the average cost of funds on in-market deposits was 0.49%.  We were able to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank at a rate of 0.31% for a one year bullet advance and 0.49% for a two year bullet advance in 2011.  During 2010, we strategically purchased brokered certificates of deposit and brokered money markets in excess of the balance in 2009 by $36.8 million.  The growth in 2010 in brokered deposits was purposeful as we took advantage of the favorable rate environment to lock in low rates for an extended period of time.  In 2011, brokered deposits decreased by $2.9 million and were only purchased to replace those that matured or were called.  Terms for our new brokered deposit purchases in 2010 and 2011 ranged from two years to ten years, with an average life between five and six years.  The average rate on our brokered certificate of deposits purchases in 2011 was 1.9%.  At December 31, 2011, approximately 83.0% of our deposits were generated in-market, while 17.0% were out-of-market deposits, compared to 81.7% of in-market deposits in 2010 and 18.3% out-of-market.  Deposits at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 are summarized as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
($ in thousands)
 
Balance
   
%
   
Balance
   
%
   
Balance
   
%
 
                                     
Core Deposits:
                                   
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 169,758       28.2 %   $ 92,873       16.1 %   $ 95,027       16.7 %
Interest-bearing checking
    114,865       19.1 %     101,158       17.6 %     89,735       15.8 %
Money market
    127,986       21.3 %     159,336       27.7 %     152,092       26.7 %
Savings
    22,398       3.7 %     22,673       3.9 %     18,264       3.2 %
Time, under $100,000
    38,573       6.4 %     55,450       9.6 %     77,202       13.6 %
Total Core Deposits
    473,580       78.7 %     431,490       74.9 %     432,320       76.0 %
Non-core Deposits:
                                               
In-market non-core deposits:
                                               
Time, $100,000 and over
    25,829       4.3 %     39,357       6.8 %     67,390       11.9 %
Out-of-market non-core deposits:
                                               
Brokered money market
    12,032       2.0 %     12,016       2.1 %     -       0.0 %
Brokered certificate of deposits
    90,596       15.0 %     93,493       16.2 %     68,670       12.1 %
Total out-of-market non-core deposits
    102,628       17.0 %     105,509       18.3 %     68,670       12.1 %
Total Non-core Deposits
    128,457       21.3 %     144,866       25.1 %     136,060       24.0 %
                                                 
Total deposits
  $ 602,037       100.0 %   $ 576,356       100.0 %   $ 568,380       100.0 %
 
Investments

We invest funds that we retain from time to time in various debt instruments, including but not limited to obligations guaranteed by the United States, general obligations of a state or political subdivision thereof, bankers’ acceptance of deposit of U.S. commercial banks, commercial paper of U.S. issuers rated in the highest category by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or trust preferred securities. We are permitted to make limited portfolio investments in equity securities.  We currently have only three of these investments, a $20,000 investment in an economic development venture capital limited partnership focusing on businesses located in Northeast Indiana, a $54,505 investment in a limited liability company formed for the purpose of acting as an agent for the sale of title insurance in the state of Indiana, and an equity investment with an initial investment of $1 million in a limited partnership focused on financial holding companies, primarily bank holding companies. As of December 31, 2011, these investments carried a value of $127,091 and were recorded in other assets.  Due to the volatility of the equity investment in the limited partnership as well as the accounting treatment for the investment, the Board of Directors approved the gradual liquidation of this investment.  In 2009, requests were made to liquidate the investment.  Disbursements received in 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $9,390, $23,022, and $740,437, respectively, leaving a value of $52,586 as of December 31, 2011. The remaining balance is invested in side-pocket investments, which are primarily made up of small equity investments in local start-up businesses, and is projected to be fully liquidated in the next couple of years.
 
 
6

 
 
We may invest our funds in a wide variety of debt instruments and may participate in the federal funds market with other depository institutions. Real estate, which we may acquire in satisfaction of or as a result of foreclosure upon loans and which at December 31, 2011 amounted to $3.1 million, may be held for no longer than ten years after the date of acquisition without the written consent of the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (“IDFI”).  We are also permitted to invest an aggregate amount not to exceed 50% of our “sound capital” in various other real estate and buildings as are necessary for the convenient transaction of our business, such as but not limited the ownership of branch banking facilities. Our Board of Directors may alter our investment policy without stockholders’ approval.

Tower Trust Company

General

Prior to January 1, 2006, we provided our trust and investment management services through a division of Tower Bank & Trust Company. On January 1, 2006, the Bank transferred the business, employees, assets, liabilities, and customers to the holding company to be held in a new wholly-owned subsidiary, Tower Trust Company.  This transfer occurred to allow Tower Trust Company to expand the service areas to which it could provide trust and investment services to locations outside of the Bank’s service area, such as Indianapolis.  Due to a change in the strategic plan, management decided to bring the trust company’s focus within the Bank’s service area as new opportunities in the local market have arisen.  On December 1, 2009, the Bank purchased Tower Trust Company to be held as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank to be able to focus on these initiatives with the added benefit of increasing capital and earnings at the Bank.

Investment Management and Trust Services

Our investment management and trust services provide a wide range of traditional personal trust services to customers in our market area. Our trust services include estate planning and money management, as well as traditional revocable trusts, irrevocable trusts, charitable trusts, estate administration, guardianship administration, individual retirement account administration, personal and institutional investment management, and custodial services. We believe that by offering trust services through personalized client service, an experienced professional staff, and a tailored approach to investments that we can enhance and leverage client relationships.

The following table reflects assets under management and revenue derived from trust services for the periods indicated.

   
For the years ended December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Assets under management
  $ 428,298     $ 473,058     $ 619,510  
Number of accounts
    573       626       635  
Average account size
  $ 747     $ 756     $ 976  
Trust revenue
  $ 2,958     $ 3,040     $ 2,860  

Tower Investment Services

In July of 2004, we began offering securities and insurance brokerage services under the private label name of Tower Investment Services. The services are provided through PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.  PrimeVest is a self-clearing broker dealer that works exclusively with banks and financial institutions. Tower Investment Services had $166.3 million in assets under management at December 31, 2011, compared to $159.3 million at December 31, 2010.
 
 
7

 

The following table reflects assets under management and revenues of our investment services department for the periods indicated.
 
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Assets under management
  $ 166,296     $ 159,284     $ 142,672  
Number of accounts
    1,444       1,376       1,242  
Average account size
  $ 115     $ 116     $ 115  
Investment services revenue
  $ 596     $ 565     $ 513  

Effect of Government Monetary Policies

Our performance and our results are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had, and will continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things to, curb inflation or, conversely, to stimulate the economy. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve include open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing and changes in reserve requirements against deposits held by all federally insured banks. During 2008, the Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds discount rate to 0.25% where it remains at December 31, 2011.  The drop in interest rates in 2008 continues to have an impact on the Company in 2010 and 2011 by forcing the Company to reduce both loan and deposit rates to remain competitive in the local market.  In 2009 and 2010, we implemented an interest rate floor on our loan portfolio and aggressively lowered the interest rates paid on deposits to combat the prolonged period of low short-term interest rates and to improve our net interest margin.  In 2011, we continued to drop our deposit rates, but needed to relieve the interest rate floors on loans to remain competitive.  While we interest rates have remained low the last couple of years, we do not expect much change in the near future based on statements from the Federal Reserve.  Federal officials have stated that prolonged economic conditions would warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through mid-2013.

Regulation and Supervision

General

Financial institutions and their holding companies are extensively regulated under federal and state law. Consequently, our growth and earnings performance can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered by, and the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities. Those authorities include but are not limited to the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the IDFI, the Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities. The effect of such statutes, regulations and policies can be significant and cannot be predicted with any high degree of certainty.

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to our business regulate among other things:
 
 
·
the scope of permitted businesses,
 
·
investments,
 
·
reserves against deposits,
 
·
capital levels relative to operations,
 
·
lending activities and practices,
 
·
the nature and amount of collateral for loans,
 
·
the establishment of branches,
 
·
mergers and consolidations, and
 
·
dividends.

The foregoing system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework, and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds, the depositors of the Bank and the public, rather than our stockholders, and any change in government regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
 
8

 
 
Bank Holding Company Regulation

As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “FBHC Act”). Under the FBHC Act, we are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and are required to file reports of the Company’s operations and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require. Under Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where we might not do so absent such policy.

Any loans by a bank holding company to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

With certain limited exceptions, the FBHC Act prohibits bank holding companies from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares or assets of any company other than a bank, unless the company involved is engaged in one or more activities which the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be incidental to these operations. Under current Federal Reserve regulations, including rules under which we qualify as a bank holding company as described in the following paragraph, such permissible non-bank activities include such things as mortgage banking, equipment leasing, securities brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance company operations. As a result of recent amendments to the FBHC Act, many of these acquisitions may be affected by bank holding companies that satisfy certain statutory criteria concerning management, capitalization, and regulatory compliance, if written notice is given to the Federal Reserve within ten business days after the transaction. In certain cases, prior written notice to the Federal Reserve will be required.  Notwithstanding the scope of these permissible activities, we have not organized nor have we sought to establish any of these types of businesses.

The Federal Reserve uses capital adequacy guidelines in its examination and regulation of bank holding companies. If capital falls below minimum guidelines, a bank holding company may, among other things, be denied approval to acquire or establish banks or non-bank businesses. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Capital Sources."

Bank Regulation

The Bank is an Indiana banking corporation and a member of the Federal Reserve System. As a state-chartered member bank, we are subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement jurisdiction of the IDFI, as the chartering authority for Indiana banks, and the Federal Reserve as the primary federal bank regulatory agency for state-chartered member banks. Our deposit accounts are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC.

These agencies, and federal and state law, extensively regulate various aspects of the banking business including, among other things:

 
·
permissible types and amounts of loans,
 
·
investments and other activities,
 
·
capital adequacy,
 
·
branching,
 
·
interest rates on loans and on deposits,
 
·
the maintenance of noninterest bearing reserves on deposit, and
 
·
the safety and soundness of banking practices.

Federal law and regulations, including provisions added by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 and regulations promulgated thereunder, establish supervisory standards applicable to the lending activities of the Bank, including internal controls, credit underwriting, loan documentation, and loan-to-value ratios for loans secured by real property.

The Bank is subject to certain federal and state statutory and regulatory restrictions on any extension of credit to Tower Financial Corporation or any of our subsidiaries, on investments in our stock or other securities of our subsidiaries, and on the acceptance of our stock or other securities of our subsidiaries as collateral for loans to any person. Limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to our directors and officers and to the directors and officers of our subsidiaries, to our principal stockholders, and to “related interests” of such persons. In addition, such legislation and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming a director or officer of Tower Financial Corporation or one of our subsidiaries or a principal stockholder of Tower Financial Corporation may obtain credit from banks with which we maintains a correspondent relationship. Also, in certain circumstances, an Indiana banking corporation may be required by order of the Department to increase our capital or reduce the amount of our deposits.
 
 
9

 

The federal banking agencies have published guidelines implementing the FDIC’s requirement that the federal banking agencies establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines establish standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution’s primary federal bank regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. The preamble to the guidelines states that the agencies expect to require a compliance plan from an institution whose failure to meet one or more of the standards is of such severity that it could threaten the safe and sound operation of the institution. Failure to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or failure to adhere to a compliance plan that has been accepted by the appropriate regulator, would constitute grounds for further enforcement action.

Insurance of Deposit Account
As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premiums based on the risk it poses to the Bank Insurance Fund. The FDIC also has authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured deposits to achieve the statutorily required reserve ratios in insurance funds and to impose special additional assessments. The FDIC has utilized a risk based assessment system since 2008.  Under this system, the banks are evaluated based on three primary sources of information:  supervisory ratings, financial ratios, and long-term debt issuer ratings (for large institutions only).  Due to a large number of bank failures throughout the United States in 2008 and 2009, the FDIC deposit insurance fund was depleted and required additional assessments to replenish the fund to an acceptable level.  Premiums were not only increased to replenish the fund, but because of additional operating expenses the FDIC would incur due to increased resolution activities expected in the future.

Also, in 2008, the FDIC increased the limit of insured funds to $250,000 on interest bearing deposits and an unlimited amount on non-interest bearing deposits compared to the previous limit of $100,000 on all deposits. These new limits have been extended through December 31, 2012 for unlimited insurance on non-interest bearing accounts and were permanently implemented on all deposit accounts up to $250,000 to ease the fears of banking customers after the bank failures over the recent years.  Based on these additional costs, the FDIC raised the assessment rates in 2009, assessed a one-time special assessment due September 30, 2009 equal to five basis points of total assets less Tier 1 Capital, and issued an assessment to prepay the quarterly assessments for the fourth quarter 2009, and for all 2010, 2011 and 2012 along with the quarterly risk-based assessment for the third quarter of 2009 on December 30, 2009.  The prepayment was calculated by using the rate in effect at September 30, 2009 with an increase in the annual assessments of three basis points beginning in 2011.

The FDIC also assumed that the institution’s assessment base at September 30, 2009 will increase quarterly by an annual growth rate of five percent through the end of 2012.  The FDIC began drawing down prepaid assessments on March 30, 2010, representing payment for the regular quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009.  Each institution will continue to receive quarterly assessment statements from the FDIC and will continue to expense the assessment as they have in the past, but the institution’s quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessments thereafter would be paid from the amount the institution had prepaid until that amount was exhausted or until December 30, 2014, when any amount remaining would be returned to the institution.  The remaining balance in the prepaid FDIC assessment account was $1.6 million as of December 31, 2011.

Consumer and Other Laws
The Bank’s business also includes making a wide variety of consumer loans. When making consumer loans, the Bank is subject to state usury and regulatory laws and to various federal statutes, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, as well as the regulations promulgated thereunder, which prohibit discrimination, specify disclosures to be made to borrowers regarding credit and settlement costs and regulate the mortgage loan servicing activities of the Bank, including the maintenance and operation of escrow accounts and the transfer of mortgage loan servicing.

The Riegle Act imposed new escrow requirements on depository and non-depository mortgage lenders and services under the National Flood Insurance Program. In receiving deposits, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation under state and federal law and regulations, including the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Violation of these laws could result in the imposition of significant damages and fines upon the Bank, its directors and officers.
 
 
10

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (or "Gramm-Leach") which was signed into law on November 12, 1999 and contains provisions intended to safeguard consumer financial information in the hands of financial service providers by, among other things, requiring these entities to disclose their privacy policies to their customers and allowing customers to "opt out" of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions. Final regulations implementing the new financial privacy regulations became effective during 2001. Similar to most other consumer-oriented laws, the regulations contain some specific prohibitions and require timely disclosure of certain information.

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (or “CRA”) and the implementing regulations, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its local community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution. The CRA requires the Board of Directors of financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt a CRA statement for each assessment area that, among other things, describes its efforts to help meet community credit needs and the specific types of credit that the institution is willing to extend. The Bank’s service area is designated as all of Allen County and Warsaw, Indiana.  The Bank’s Board of Directors is required to review the appropriateness of this delineation at least annually. The CRA also requires that all financial institutions publicly disclose their CRA ratings. The Bank received a "satisfactory" rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed on July 21, 2010 (“Dodd-Frank”) and was enacted to create a sound economic foundation to grow jobs, protect consumer, rein in Wall Street and big bonuses, end bailouts and the “Too Big to Fail”, and prevent another financial crisis.  Highlights of Dodd-Frank include the following:
 
 
·
Created a new independent authority housed at the Federal Reserve, The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau- that consolidates and strengthens consumer protection responsibilities previously handled by other regulatory authorities, such as the FDIC and the Federal Reserve.
 
·
Ends the possibility of taxpayers having to write a check to bail out financial firms that threaten the economy.
 
·
Created a council to identify and address systemic risks posed by large, complex companies, products, and activities before they threaten the stability of the economy.
 
·
Eliminated loopholes that allow risky and abusive practices to go on unnoticed and unregulated -- including loopholes for over-the-counter derivatives, asset-backed securities, hedge funds, mortgage brokers and payday lenders.
 
·
Provides shareholders with a say on pay and corporate affairs with a non-binding vote on executive compensation and golden parachutes.
 
·
Provides tough new rules for transparency and accountability for credit rating agencies to protect investors and businesses.
 
·
Strengthens oversight and empowers regulators to aggressively pursue financial fraud, conflicts of interest and manipulation of the system that benefits special interests at the expense of American families and businesses.

USA Patriot Act of 2001
On October 6, 2001, the "Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA Patriot Act”) was enacted. The statute increased the power of the U.S. Government to obtain access to information and to investigate a full array of criminal activities. In the area of money laundering activities, the statute added terrorism, terrorism support, and foreign corruption to the definition of money laundering offenses and increased the civil and criminal penalties for money laundering; applied certain anti-money laundering measures to U.S. bank accounts used by foreign persons; prohibited financial institutions from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing a correspondent account with a foreign shell bank; provided for certain forfeitures of funds deposited in U.S. interbank accounts by foreign banks; provided the Secretary of the Treasury with regulatory authority to ensure that certain types of bank accounts are not used to hide the identity of customers transferring funds and to impose additional reporting requirements with respect to money laundering activities; and included other measures.

On October 28, 2002, the Department of Treasury issued a final rule concerning compliance by covered U.S. financial institutions with the new statutory anti-money laundering requirement regarding correspondent accounts established or maintained for foreign banking institutions, including the requirement that financial institutions take reasonable steps to ensure that correspondent accounts provided to foreign banks are not being used to indirectly provide banking services to foreign shell banks. We believe that compliance with the new requirements has not had a material adverse impact on its operations or financial condition.
 
 
11

 

Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve
On May 5, 2010, Tower Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust Company, entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, effective April 23, 2010 (the “Written Agreement”).  A Written Agreement is a process employed by the Federal Reserve and the IDFI to memorialize certain understandings with the Company and the Bank, in this case flowing from a fall 2009 joint Federal Reserve and IDFI examination, based upon June 30, 2009 financial position and operating results. A Written Agreement typically addresses all of the major aspects of a financial institution’s financial and operating metrics, including capital requirements, asset quality, management, earnings and liquidity, whether or not identified as requiring improvement.

The following description is only a summary of the Written Agreement and does not purport to be a complete description of all of its terms, and the summary is, therefore, qualified in its entirety by reference to the Written Agreement that is filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2010.

Among other things, the Written Agreement requires the Company and the Bank:

 
·
to review and revise its loan policies with regard establishing interest rate reserves; time frame for new appraisals, and its internal loan grading system.

 
·
to develop enhanced approval processes for the renewal of credit to any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit on its internal watch list.  

 
·
to expand the level of detail for all asset improvement plans and the process of reporting such plans to its Board of Directors.

 
·
to enhance the level of Board of Director oversight and review of pertinent operating and financial metrics.

 
·
to refine and improve its capital contingency plan, so as to continue to remain in excess of those levels required to remain “well capitalized”.

 
·
to outline and refine its liquidity policy and liquidity funding plan.

 
·
to not pay dividends on or redeem any of its common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its trust preferred debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve. 

In response to the Written Agreement, our Board of Directors, as well as our management teams, adopted various measures that allowed us to continue to preserve capital and mitigate further capital risk in light of our 2009 net loss and our level of non-performing assets, which has improved significantly since 2009, but continues to be elevated compared to historical levels.  We have adopted many of these measures in conjunction with extensive discussion with our banking regulators.

These measures include:

*      We have reviewed and revised our loan policies with regard to how we establish interest rate reserves; we have modified the appropriate time frame for new appraisals for collateral dependent loans; and we have enhanced our internal loan grading system to help ensure timely adjustment of loan risk ratings.

*      We have developed enhanced processes for the renewal of credit to any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit on our internal “watch list”.  Our enhanced processes include increased use of expanded cash flow analysis for the entire borrowing relationship, as well as an increased number of loans that require approval by the Board of Directors and/or a committee of the Board.

*      We have expanded the level of detail for all asset improvement plans and we have increased the regularity of reporting such plans to the Board in order to improve our ability to reduce both non-performing loans and reduce the number of foreclosed assets on our balance sheet.

*      As part of our efforts to ensure complete understanding by the Board and the continued adherence to regulatory guidelines regarding our process for determining our Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL), we have further enhanced our level of Board review, education, and approval of our ongoing methodology.
 
 
12

 

*      We have further refined our Capital Contingency Plan and we have established new internal minimum capital levels that are in excess of those required by the regulators to remain “well capitalized”.  The plan provides that our Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio should be equal to or greater than 10.5% and our Leverage Ratio should be equal to or greater than 7.0% for the Company.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio and Leverage Capital Ratio were 15.16% and 10.97%, respectively compared to 14.30% and 10.55%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.  (See Note 16 to the Financial Statements for further discussion of our ratios).

*      We have further refined and outlined the Company’s Liquidity Policy and Liquidity Funding Plan, and, given the uncertainty in the marketplace and exposure to increasing interest rates in the future,  we have enhanced the monitoring, analysis, and reporting of our cash flow and interest rate forecast.

*      The Company will not pay dividends on our common stock, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on our Trust Preferred Debt without written approval from the Federal Reserve.  As of the date of this Form 10-K, we are not planning to pay dividends on our common stock in the near future and we have elected to defer payment of interest on the Trust Preferred Debt indefinitely, as allowed by the Trust Preferred debenture agreements per the requirements discussed in the Written Agreement.  Furthermore, the Company will not incur additional indebtedness without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.

The measures above have been implemented by the Bank and our being monitored internally, as well as externally by our regulators.  As discussed in greater detail in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” we have seen an improvement in our overall financial condition in 2010 and 2011 compared to 2009, which can be partially attributed to the implementation of these measures.

Competition

All phases of the business of the Bank are highly competitive. The Bank competes with numerous financial institutions, including other commercial banks in the greater Fort Wayne, Warsaw, Allen County and Kosciusko County market areas in Northeast Indiana.  In 2011, there were 20 banking institutions, excluding credits unions, with 104 total locations throughout Allen County.  This compares to 20 banking institutions with 105 locations in 2010.  The three largest banks in Allen County are JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, and PNC, and they comprise approximately 54% of the deposit market share as of June 30, 2011.  At June 20, 2011, we ranked fourth in Allen County with almost 11% of the deposit market share.  We have ranked fourth since 2002.  The Bank, along with other commercial banks, competes with respect to its lending activities and competes in attracting demand deposits. The Bank also faces competition from thrift institutions, credit unions and other banks as well as finance companies, insurance companies, mortgage companies, securities brokerage firms, money market funds, trust companies and other providers of financial services. Many of the Bank’s competitors have been in business for many years longer than the Bank, have established customer bases, and are larger and have larger lending limits than the Bank. The Bank competes for loans principally through its ability to communicate effectively with its customers and understand and meet their needs. The Bank offers personal attention, professional service, off-site ATM capability and competitive interest rates. Management believes that its personal service philosophy enhances the Bank’s ability to compete favorably in attracting individuals and small- to medium-sized businesses.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had 155 employees, including approximately 150.75 full-time equivalents. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes that its relationship with our employees is good.

Statistical Disclosure

The statistical disclosure concerning the Company and the Bank, on a consolidated basis, is included in Item 7 of this report.

Available Information

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available or may be accessed free of charge on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website under the symbol “TOFC,” at www.sec.gov, as well as through the Tower Financial Corporation Investor Relations section of the Company's Internet website at www.tofc.net.
 
 
13

 

The following corporate governance documents are also available through the TOFC Investor Relations section of our Internet website, or may be obtained in print form by written request addressed to Secretary, Tower Financial Corporation, 116 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802: Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter. The Company intends to post any amendments to the foregoing documents on its website and will report any waivers of the Code for directors and executive officers on a Current Report on Form 8-K.

ITEM 1a. 
RISK FACTORS.
 
Our profitability is subject to risks described under this section on "Risk Factors" described below. Although the following are not necessarily the only ones facing our company, our business, financial condition or results of operations they could be materially adversely affected by many of the following risks.
 
An investment in shares of our common stock involves various risks.  Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information in this annual report on Form 10-K and information incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.  Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks or by other risks that have not been identified or that we may believe are immaterial or unlikely.  The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.
 
We operate in a highly regulated banking environment and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations or by the actions of our regulators.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the IDFI, the FDIC, as insurer of our deposits, by the Federal Reserve, as regulator of our Bank and holding company and by the U.S. Congress and the Indiana General Assembly.  Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the depositors and borrowers of Tower Bank and for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund.  The regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, the IDFI and the FDIC are not intended to protect the interests of investors in our common stock.  Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the adverse classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses.  Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, including enforcement actions, may have a material impact on our operations.  In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ that are applicable to us, have, in recent years, increased the scope, complexity and cost of corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices, including the costs of completing our audit and maintaining our internal controls.
 
Additionally, Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes.  Statutes and regulations affecting our business may be changed at any time and the interpretation of these statutes and regulations by examining authorities may also change.  There can be no assurance that such changes to the statutes and regulations or to their interpretation will not adversely affect our business. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things.  In addition to governmental supervision and regulation, we are subject to changes in other federal and state laws, including changes in tax laws, which could materially affect the banking industry.

We are subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny with respect to Bank Secrecy and Anti-Money Laundering statutes and regulations.
 
In recent years, regulators have intensified their focus on the USA Patriot Act’s Anti-Money Laundering and Bank Secrecy Act compliance requirements. There is also increased scrutiny of our compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, we are required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that the policies, procedures and systems we have in place or may in the future put in place are or will be successful. Therefore, there is no assurance that in every instance we are and will be in full compliance with these requirements.
 
 
14

 
 
Recently enacted financial reform legislation will, among other things, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tighten capital standards and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed Dodd-Frank. This law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. Dodd-Frank requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of Dodd-Frank may not be known for many months or years.

Effective July 21, 2011 a provision of Dodd-Frank eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.
 
Dodd-Frank also broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. Dodd-Frank also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per account, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2013. The legislation also increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
 
Dodd-Frank will require publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. Because we are a smaller reporting company, the requirement for a non-binding vote on executive compensation does not apply to our Company this year.
 
Dodd-Frank requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities. Because our Bank has assets of more than $500 million and less than $15 billion, trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 will still be considered Tier 1 capital.
 
While several provisions of Dodd-Frank have been implemented and have not had a significant impact on our operations and financial statements, there are still rules and regulations that are written and yet to be written, that could have a significant impact on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and will increase our interest expense.

We may be subject to a higher consolidated effective tax rate if there is a change in tax laws, tax rates, or our ability to record taxable income in the future.

In 2011, we reversed the valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset.  Two events occurred during 2011 that made it more likely than not that we will be able to recognize the state deferred tax asset over the next few years.  These two events include reporting a net taxable position over the past three years for federal purposes and the liquidation of our REIT.  The valuation allowance was originally placed on the state deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty that the Company would ever be able to recognize the asset based on the REIT, which has created losses at the state level since its inception in 2006.  If the Company would not post income over the next couple of years as expected, the valuation allowance would need to be placed on the state deferred tax asset and possibly the federal deferred tax asset as well.  This would result in an increase in our effective tax rate and additional losses to the Company.

We also have a high concentration of investments in municipal bonds.  These bonds are not currently taxable at the federal or state level; therefore, giving us a much better yield than many other investments.  If tax laws would change and require municipal income to be reported as taxable income, we could experience a negative impact on our effective tax rate and our results of operation.
 
 
15

 

A prolonged economic stagnation in the financial industry and the volatility of domestic and international credit markets may adversely affect our operations and our stock price.
 
A prolonged general economic stagnation in the financial services industry has resulted in uncertainty in financial markets since 2009. In addition, as a consequence of the recession that the United States is now working its way out of, business activity across a wide range of industries face serious difficulties due to the lack of consumer spending and the extreme lack of liquidity in the global credit markets. Unemployment has also increased significantly.
 
The general economic downturn caused uncertainty in the financial markets over the past couple of years.  Commercial, as well as consumer loan portfolio performances, deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages declined. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years.  As a result, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders.  Negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance or our stock price.
 
Changes in market interest rates have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense that we may pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-bearing assets generally re-price or mature more quickly than our interest-earning liabilities. In 2008, the federal funds rate decreased 400 basis points to a low of 0.25% at December 31, 2008.  The rate remained unchanged from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2011.
 
In a rising interest rate environment, our net interest margin can be adversely impacted to the extent that our fixed rate loans do not re-price (approximately 53.4% of our loans as of December 31, 2011).  We also have interest rate floors on some loans, ranging from 0.75% to 1.75% over the Prime Rate, which will hinder net interest margin growth in a rising interest rate environment until the Prime Rate breaks through the floor rates.  Also in this situation, rates paid on non-term deposit accounts will rise, thus also decreasing our margin. Additionally, deposit customers may move funds from savings accounts to higher rate certificate of deposit accounts.
 
In a falling interest rate environment, however, our net interest margin could likewise be negatively affected, as competitive pressures might require us to decrease our lending interest rates, while these same competitive pressures could keep us from further reducing interest payment rates on our deposits. Such movements, therefore, could cause a decrease in our interest rate spread and net interest margin.
 
We are also subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates often result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance their loans to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments in loans or other investments that have interest rates that are comparable to the interest on our existing loans and securities. Moreover, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand, in which event our results of operations may be adversely affected by the amount of non-interest expenses associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy expense, equipment and data processing costs and other operating costs.
 
Changes in interest rates also affect the value of our interest earning assets and, in particular, our securities portfolio held for investment. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. Decreases in the fair value of securities available for sale, therefore, could have an adverse effect on stockholders’ equity.
 
 
16

 
 
Technological advances may adversely impact our business.
 
The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do to does to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or successfully market such products and services to our customers.
 
A breach of information security or a breakdown in our data storage and distribution systems could adversely affect our earnings.
 
Increasingly, we depend upon data processing, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks, and over the Internet. We cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or that they may not from time to time malfunction, due either to human error or mechanical failure, despite safeguards we have instituted. In addition, we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. If information security is breached, information can be lost or misappropriated, resulting in financial loss or costs to us or damages to others. These costs or losses could materially exceed the amount of insurance coverage, if any, which could adversely affect our earnings.
 
Strong competition within the Bank’s market area has hurt and could continue to hurt our profits and slow our growth.
 
Competition in our banking and financial services competitive market area, both in making loans and in attracting deposits, is intense, and our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in both arenas. We compete in the greater Fort Wayne, Warsaw, Allen County and Kosciusko County market areas of Northeast Indiana, with numerous commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide.  The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation.
 
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:
 
 
·
Our ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets.
 
·
Our ability to maintain and expand our market position.
 
·
The scope, relevance and pricing of our products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands.
 
·
The rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors.
 
·
Customer satisfaction with our level of service.
 
·
Industry and general economic trends.
 
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Price competition for loans and deposits might result in the Bank earning less on loans and paying more for deposits, which would reduce net interest income and adversely affect our results. Competition also may make it more difficult to attract deposits and, consequently, to grow loans.
 
We have relatively high amounts of commercial, commercial real estate and commercial development loans, and these loans are higher risk than residential mortgage loans.
 
We generally invest a greater proportion of our assets in loans secured by business assets and commercial real estate than financial institutions that invest a greater proportion of their assets in loans secured by single-family residences. Commercial real estate, commercial business and development loans generally involve a higher degree of credit risk than residential mortgage lending, due primarily to the relatively larger amounts loaned to individual borrowers. While we did not engage in the business of sub-prime lending, our construction, land development and land loan portfolio, along with our commercial loan portfolio and certain of our other loans, has been adversely affected by the recent downturn in the residential and commercial real estate market.  Moreover, many of our borrowers also have more than one commercial real estate, commercial business or development loan outstanding with us or with other institutions, and the turmoil in the credit markets has made it more difficult for them to continue and sustain their prior business levels, thereby reducing their available cash flows. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship could expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss and could have a material adverse impact on our business and results.
 
 
17

 
 
We have an elevated amount of non-performing assets, which could result in an increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our net interest margin and our results.
 
A loan is considered non-performing when full collection of principal and interest in accordance with the loan contract is not probable.  While our non-performing assets remain elevated, we have experienced a decline of $11.8 million in 2011 compared to December 31, 2010.  This brings our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio to 2.3% at December 31, 2011 compared to 4.2% at December 31, 2010.  These and other non-performing loans, even if they are eventually collected, in whole or in part, take longer periods of time to work out, which result in loss of income and/or principal during the workout period, and also require additional resources.
 
We may be required to make further increases in our provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future, especially due to our level of non-performing assets.
 
A loan is considered non-performing when full collection of principal and interest in accordance with the loan contract is not probable.  Due to the decrease in the level of non-performing assets from $27.8 million at December 31, 2010 to $16.0 million at December 31, 2011, we saw a decrease in our provision for loan losses from $4.7 million in 2010 to $4.2 million in 2011.  Net charge-offs were $7.3 million in 2011 compared to $3.9 million in 2010.  While our asset quality is improving, our non-performing assets remain at elevated levels.  This was indicative of the recessionary period in the economy and/or our local real estate market, which we are working our way out of. As such, some of our currently performing assets may not continue to perform according to their terms, and the value of the collateral may become insufficient to pay the remaining loan balances.  If this occurs, we may experience additional loan losses, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations.  Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety.  We believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date.  However, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially adversely affect our operating results.
 
In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider numerous quantitative factors, including our historical charge-off experience, status of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio and the volume of delinquent and classified loans.  In addition, we use information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and estimated collateral values, to estimate the risk and amount of loss for those borrowers.  Finally, we also consider many qualitative factors, including general and economic business conditions, anticipated duration of the current business downturn, current general market collateral valuations, trends apparent in any of the factors we take into account and other matters, which are, by nature, more subjective and fluid.  Our estimates of the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan are complicated by the significant uncertainties surrounding our borrowers’ abilities to successfully execute their business models through changing economic environments, competitive challenges and other factors.  Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, our actual losses may vary from our current estimates.
 
Federal regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs.  Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our reliance on our funding of Health Savings Accounts (HSA) as the main source for overall deposit growth could be adversely affected by Health Care Reform.

Over the last few years, HSAs have become our main focus in deposit growth due to the long-term nature of the deposit and its low cost of funds.  In 2011, our HSA balances increased by $15.1 million, or 30.2%, to $65.1 million.  These deposits had an average rate of 0.16% in 2011, which contributed to the increase in our net interest margin from 3.70% in 2010 to 3.84% in 2011.  HSAs have become very popular over the last few years as healthcare costs are at all-time highs.  HSAs are only available to those with a High Deductible Health Plan (HDHP) to help consumers save for medical costs.  In addition, the contributions to the account up to a specified amount are tax deductible.
 
 
18

 

Recent proposed legislation could significantly weaken the current advantage of having an HSA or possibly eliminate the need for these accounts.  While it is expected to take years to implement the law, we could begin seeing changes as early as 2012 if the law is passed.  Some of the changes could include:

 
-
Requiring insurance plans to provide first dollar coverage for preventative care
 
-
Requiring insurance policies to meet minimum medical loss ratios
 
-
Requiring insurance policies to provide essential benefits
 
-
Placing a ceiling on the deductibles paid by the consumer
 
-
Requiring insurance policies to meet a minimum actuarial value

If these changes are implemented, we could experience a significant decline in are balances in this product.  If policies do not meet the criteria listed above, they will not be considered a qualified plan and cannot be offered by the insurance company.  Also, by putting caps on deductibles, employers could not select a HDHP with deductibles over the stated amounts unless they make up the difference.  A decline in these balances could lead to an increase in net interest margin and decrease our results of operations.

We have relatively high amounts invested in municipalities and these have more risk than a government backed agency.

We generally invest a greater proportion of our long-term investments in municipal securities than financial institutions in our peer group, who typically invest a greater proportion of their long-term investments in government backed agencies. The market value of our municipal investments were $59.5 million, or 46.2% of our total long-term investments, at December 31, 2011.  As a result of recent economic conditions, some municipalities are struggling to meet financial obligations. We have certain municipal investment securities which are subject to credit risk if the municipalities are unable to meet their obligations to us. In addition, certain bond insurers have filed bankruptcy in recent months. Although we believe the municipalities will be able to meet their obligations, there can be no certainty regarding future results.  An adverse development with respect to one or more securities could expose us to a greater risk of loss and could have a material impact on our business and results.
 
We Rely on Dividends from Our Subsidiary for Most of Our Revenue
 
Because we are a holding company with no significant assets other than the Bank and its subsidiary, the Trust Company, we typically depend upon dividends from one or both of these entities for a substantial portion of our revenues. Our ability to pay dividends, internally or to stockholders, is currently prohibited by the Written Agreement. For details regarding the Written Agreement, refer to the “Bank Regulation — Written Agreement” section of Item 1, “Business”.  Once this is lifted, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will therefore continue to depend in large part upon our receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from the Bank.
 
From time to time, we may also become a party to financing agreements or other contractual arrangements that may have the effect of limiting or prohibiting us or our bank subsidiary from declaring or paying dividends. Our holding company expenses and interest obligations on our trust preferred securities and corresponding subordinated debt securities issued by us may limit or impair our ability to declare or pay dividends.
 
Payment of dividends will depend on our future financial condition and performance and may be restricted.
 
Paying dividends on our capital stock is strictly prohibited by the Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI.  For details regarding the Written Agreement, refer to the “Bank Regulation — Written Agreement” section of Item 1, “Business”. Once our Written Agreement restrictions are lifted, any future dividends will depend upon the Board’s assessment of our operating and financial condition, projected cash needs, contractual restrictions and any further restrictions imposed on us by our banking regulators.
 
From time to time, we may also become a party to financing agreements or other contractual arrangements that may have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the Company from declaring or paying dividends.  We have issued Trust Preferred Securities that prevent us from paying dividends on our capital stock in the event that we defer our interest payment obligations on the Trust Preferred Debt.  In February 2010, we notified the trustees of the Trust Preferred Securities that we elected to defer interest payments on the securities indefinitely since the first quarter of 2010.  Therefore, we did not pay dividends in 2010 or 2011 and will not be able to pay dividends on our capital stock until, at a minimum, we pay the interest due on the Trust Preferred Securities.
 
 
19

 
 
We depend heavily on our key banking and management personnel.
 
Our success depends in part on its ability to attract and retain key executives and to attract and retain qualified and productive banking officers, who have experience both in sophisticated banking matters and in operating small to mid-size banks. These qualities are essential both for effective executive management and also for the growth and expansion of the Bank’s customer base for loans and deposits. Competition for such personnel is strong in the local banking industry, and we compete with many other banks and financial institutions, some of them with financial resources and benefits greater than ours, for such individuals. In this market environment, we may not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel we require for future growth. We expect to effectively compete in this area by offering financial packages that include incentive-based compensation and the opportunity to join in the rewarding work of building a growing bank.
 
Our Controls and Procedures May Fail or Be Circumvented
 
Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
 
Our Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve may further impair our operations or restrict our growth.
 
Pursuant to our Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve, we are subject to significant governmental supervision and regulation as described in the “Bank Regulation — Written Agreement” section of Item 1, “Business” of this Form 10-K.  These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, and not necessarily the stockholders.
 
 
20

 
 
ITEM 1b.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

NONE.

ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES.

The properties below are owned or leased by us and we believe these properties are suitable and adequate for our current business and are appropriately utilized.

Description
Location
Own or Lease
Corporate Headquarters
Fort Wayne, Indiana (Downtown)
Lease
Dupont Branch
Fort Wayne, Indiana (North)
Own
Scott/Illinois Branch+
Fort Wayne, Indiana (Southwest)
Lease
Stellhorn/Lahmeyer Branch
Fort Wayne, Indiana (Northeast)
Own
Waynedale Branch
Fort Wayne, Indiana (South)
Own
Covington Branch
Fort Wayne, Indiana (Southwest)
Own
Warsaw Branch
Warsaw, Indiana (Downtown)
Own
Vacant land for new branch*+
Fort Wayne, Indiana (Southwest)
Own
 
*The new branch will replace the leased Scott/Illinois Branch. Construction was completed as of December 31, 2011.
+Lease expires on January 31, 2012 and will not be renewed after that date. Operations will move to the new branch during
during January 2012.

The Bank conducts business through the Corporate Headquarters and the branches.  None of the properties we own are subject to any major encumbrances.  Our net investment in real estate and equipment at December 31, 2011 was $9.1 million.

ITEM 3. 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We may be involved from time to time in various routine legal proceedings incidental to its business. We are not currently engaged in any material legal proceeding, nor are we currently aware any of threatened claim or legal proceeding that we would expect to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
 
21

 

PART II

ITEM 4. 
(Removed and Reserved)
 
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market System under the symbol “TOFC.” As of February 29, 2012, there were 489 stockholders of record and approximately 1,409 beneficial owners of the common stock.

The following table also presents the high and low sales prices for our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market System, by quarter for 2011 and 2010.

High/Low Stock Price

   
2011
   
2010
 
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
                         
1st Quarter
  $ 8.980     $ 7.550     $ 8.250     $ 6.340  
                                 
2nd Quarter
  $ 8.960     $ 8.000     $ 8.150     $ 6.090  
                                 
3rd Quarter
  $ 9.000     $ 7.200     $ 7.700     $ 6.100  
                                 
4th Quarter
  $ 8.680     $ 7.020     $ 7.890     $ 6.350  

Dividends

Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our assets are held by the Bank, our primary source for dividends has been the Bank. Payments from the Bank to the Company are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and profits, imposed by law and regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. In addition, under the terms of the debentures issued in connection with certain trust preferred securities due in 2035 and 2037, we would be precluded from paying dividends on our common stock (other than dividends in the form of additional shares of common stock) if we are in default under these debentures, if we have exercised our right to defer payments of interest on these debentures, or if certain related defaults occurred.  Prior to the sale of the Trust Company to the Bank on December 1, 2009, the Trust Company was able to make small dividend payments to the holding company, such as the $800,000 dividends paid in both 2009 and 2008.  There were no dividend payments made in 2010 or 2011.  Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders continues to depend primarily on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company.

We did not pay cash dividends on our common stock from our inception through calendar 2005. In December 2005, our Board of Directors approved the payment of dividends commencing in calendar 2006. This was based on an analysis of our liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements, and results of operations. In 2006, we made four quarterly dividend payments of $0.04 each for a total annual dividend of $0.16 per share.   In January 2007, our Board of Directors voted to increase the quarterly dividend by 10% to $0.044 per share.  We subsequently made four quarterly dividend payments of $0.044 each for a total annual dividend of $0.176 per share.  In the first quarter of 2008, our Board of Directors approved a dividend payment of $0.044. No more dividend payments were made following the first quarter of 2008 through December 31, 2011.

Although, both Tower Financial and Tower Bank are and have been qualified as ‘well capitalized’ under Federal Reserve Standards, our Board of Directors passed a resolution in January 2008 requiring that written approval be received from the Federal Reserve before declaring or paying any corporate dividends.  Permission was granted in January 2008 by the Federal Reserve and a quarterly dividend of $0.044 was declared and paid for the first quarter of 2008.  In the second quarter of 2008, however, our Board of Directors elected to forego the declaration of dividends indefinitely. The decision was based on the desire to retain capital and hedge against uncertain and challenging economic and banking industry conditions, as well as to maintain Tower Bank’s current “well capitalized” status within the Federal Reserve System.
 
 
22

 

On May 5, 2010, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, effective April 23, 2010 (the “Written Agreement”). For details regarding the Written Agreement, refer to the “Bank Regulation — Written Agreement” section of Item 1, “Business”.   One of the requirements in the Written Agreement was that we are not to pay dividends on or redeem any common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve.  In response to these requirements, no preferred stock dividends, common stock dividends or Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 or 2011.

Stockholder Return Performance Graph
 
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s Common Stock (based on the last reported sales price of the respective year) with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (United States stocks only) and the NASDAQ Bank Stocks Index for the past five years ending December 31, 2007 – 2011. The following information is based on an investment of $100 on January 29, 1999 in the Company’s Common Stock at the market close on that day, the NASDAQ Stock Market Index and the NASDAQ Bank Stocks Index, with dividends reinvested where applicable.
 
The comparisons shown in the graph below are based on historical data and the Company cautions that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of, and is not intended to forecast, the potential future performance of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
Image 1
 
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
Index
 
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
 
                               
Tower Financial Corporation
  $ 125.241     $ 58.285     $ 66.218     $ 72.736     $ 80.058  
Nasdaq Total US Index
    105.992       64.837       93.198       110.609       111.208  
Nasdaq Bank Index
    159.710       116.450       97.573       115.429       103.152  
 
The foregoing Performance Graph shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any previous or future documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates the graph by reference in any such document.
 
 
23

 

ITEM 6. 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
 
Consolidated Summary of Operations and Selected Statistical Data
 
         
Years ended December 31,
 
($ in thousands, except per share data)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Results of Operations:
                             
Interest income
  $ 28,894     $ 30,452     $ 32,067     $ 37,758     $ 46,902  
Interest expense
    6,139       8,191       12,247       16,785       25,356  
Net interest income
    22,755       22,261       19,820       20,973       21,546  
Provision for loan losses
    4,220       4,745       10,735       4,399       10,996  
Noninterest income
    8,151       7,814       6,088       6,303       5,805  
Noninterest expense
    21,618       21,243       22,998       20,988       20,731  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    5,068       4,087       (7,824 )     1,889       (4,376 )
Income taxes expense (benefit)
    (1,552 )     923       (2,217 )     23       (1,778 )
Net income (loss)
    6,620       3,164       (5,607 )     1,866       (2,598 )
                                         
Per Share Data:
                                       
Net income (loss): basic
  $ 1.37     $ 0.73     $ (1.37 )   $ 0.46     $ (0.64 )
Net income (loss): diluted
    1.36       0.69       (1.37 )     0.46       (0.64 )
Book value per common share at end of period
    12.79       11.09       11.04       12.15       11.87  
Dividends declared
    n/a       n/a       n/a       0.044       0.176  
                                         
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 700,681     $ 659,928     $ 680,159     $ 696,584     $ 706,493  
Total securities held to maturity
    -       -       4,496       -       -  
Total securities available for sale
    128,620       110,109       85,179       77,792       65,228  
Loans held for sale
    4,930       2,141       3,842       152       3,190  
Total loans
    462,561       486,914       527,333       561,012       575,744  
Allowance for loan losses
    9,408       12,489       11,598       10,655       8,208  
Total deposits
    602,037       576,356       568,380       586,237       600,689  
FHLB advances
    12,000       7,500       43,200       39,200       35,100  
Junior subordinated debt
    17,527       17,527       17,527       17,527       17,527  
Stockholders' equity
    62,097       53,129       46,936       49,618       48,208  
                                         
Performance Ratios:
                                       
Return on average assets
    1.00 %     0.48 %     -0.81 %     0.27 %     -0.38 %
Return on average stockholders' equity
    11.81 %     6.32 %     -11.48 %     3.81 %     -5.16 %
Net interest margin (tax equivalent)
    3.84 %     3.70 %     3.14 %     3.30 %     3.34 %
Efficiency ratio
    69.95 %     70.63 %     88.76 %     76.94 %     75.80 %
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
Nonperforming loans to total loans
    2.70 %     4.75 %     3.02 %     3.03 %     3.23 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    2.28 %     4.22 %     3.03 %     2.83 %     2.84 %
Net charge-offs to average loans
    1.51 %     0.76 %     1.78 %     0.35 %     1.68 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    2.03 %     2.56 %     2.20 %     1.90 %     1.43 %
                                         
Liquidity and Capital Ratios:
                                       
Loan to deposit ratio
    76.83 %     84.48 %     92.78 %     95.70 %     95.85 %
Total stockholders' equity to total assets
    8.86 %     8.05 %     6.90 %     7.12 %     6.82 %
Total risk-based capital
    15.16 %     14.30 %     12.45 %     12.99 %     12.08 %
Tier 1 leverage risk-based capital
    13.91 %     13.10 %     10.90 %     11.66 %     10.92 %
Tier 1 leverage capital
    10.97 %     10.55 %     9.05 %     9.69 %     9.31 %
 
n/a - not applicable
 
 
24

 
 
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

Introduction

The following discussion presents management’s discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this report.

Overview

Net income of $6.6 million was reported in 2011 compared to net income of $3.2 million in 2010.  The $3.4 million increase in earnings from 2010 to 2011 was primarily due to a $2.5 million decrease in income tax expense.  Other contributing factors to the increase were the $525,000 decrease in provision expense, the $493,704 increase in net interest income, and the $337,047 increase in noninterest income.  Offsetting these increases to net income was an increase in noninterest expenses of $375,744.

Net interest income increased 2.2% from 2010 to 2011due primarily to an increase in net interest margin from 3.70% to 3.84%.  In 2009, we implemented interest rate floors on loans, which helped to maintain our net interest margin in 2009 and 2010.  The increase in net interest margin in 2010 and 2011 was due to aggressively reducing deposit rates, while keeping them consistent with local market rates.  We also focused on changing our mix of deposits, which was reflected in the decrease in certificate of deposits that tend to pay higher rates.  These actions were in response to short-term interest rates taking a 400 basis point decline from a fed funds rate of 4.25% to a low of 0.25% in December 2008 where they remained through December 31, 2011.  Also contributing to the decrease in interest expense was the decrease in our Trust Preferred Debt Securities interest rate, as the $8.0 million of the $17.0 million is now on a floating rate based on three-month LIBOR.  The weighted average rate decreased from 6.61% in 2010 to 4.66% in 2011.  The remainder of our trust preferred debt moves to a floating rate on March 1, 2012.

Non-interest income increased by $337,047 from 2010 to 2011 primarily due to increase of $306,096 in mortgage banking income, $211,495 in net debit card interchange income, and $97,854 in bank owned life insurance (BOLI) income.  These increases were offset by decreases of $332,990 on the gain on sale of securities and $50,942 in trust and brokerage fee income.

Provision expense declined by $525,000 from 2010 to 2011 as a result of an improvement of $10.6 million in our nonperforming loans from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  Provision expense remained at an elevated level primarily due to reporting $7.3 million of net charge-offs in 2011, which adversely impacts the allowance for loan losses.

Operating expenses increased $375,744, or 1.8%, from 2010 to 2011 primarily due to the increase in salaries and benefits expense of $1.6 million and the increase in data processing expenses of $206,938.  Salaries and benefits expenses increased due to an increase in the average number of full-time equivalent employees, a larger profit-sharing plan pool due to higher income, and specific incentive plan expenses.  The incentive plans were specific to 2011 as they were based on triggers that applied only to 2011, which included a reduction in classified assets and reaching specific net income milestones.  These increases in noninterest expense were offset by decreases of $691,902 in FDIC premiums due to a reduction in our assessment rate and $646,288 in other real estate owned (OREO) expenses.

Income taxes decreased by $2.5 million from 2010 to 2011 primarily due to reversing the valuation allowances on both our state book to tax timing differences and our state net operating losses.  As a result of the liquidation of our Nevada investment subsidiary in September 2011, it became more likely than not that we will be able to realize these items over the next few years, which will be well within the carry forward period.

Total assets increased by $40.8 million, or 6.2%, from the prior year.  The primary reason for this increase was due to two customers depositing approximately $48 million temporarily in December 2011.  Due to the short-term nature of these deposits, we kept these funds in our cash and cash equivalents, which caused the increase of $37.6 million in this category from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  There was also a purposeful reallocation of our assets in 2011 from total loans, which decreased by $24.4 million, to securities available for sale and bank owned life insurance, which increased $18.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively.  Asset quality and liquidity continued to be a major focus of the Bank in 2011, as we worked to turn our non-performing assets into income producing assets.  We believe this strategy led to the $11.8 million decrease in our nonperforming assets.
 
 
25

 

Total deposits increased by $25.7 million, or 4.5%, from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  The increase was due to a $76.9 million increase in noninterest bearing deposits offset by a decrease of $51.2 million in interest bearing deposits.  Of the $76.9 million increase in noninterest bearing deposits, approximately $48 million was from the extremely short-term deposits from two customers, which will be withdrawn from the Bank by the end of January 2012.  Also reported in the noninterest bearing category was approximately $28 million of deposits transferred from money market accounts so that a new product can be created internally to be able to offer our customers sweep accounts.  These funds will be categorized as interest bearing demand deposit accounts upon the completion of the new product in early January 2012.

Health savings accounts continue to be a high growth, low cost product for us which is reflected by increases in balances of $14.4 million from 2009 to 2010 and $15.1 million from 2010 to 2011.  As of December 31, 2011, we had over 43,000 active health savings accounts and we expect to receive another large deposit of approximately $23 million in January 2012 into these accounts when our customers make their employer contributions.

Brokered deposits have decreased from $105.5 million at December 31, 2010 to $102.6 million at December 31, 2011.  During 2010, we strategically purchased brokered certificates of deposit and brokered money markets to take advantage of the favorable rate environment to lock in low rates for an extended period of time.  During 2011, we purchased new brokered certificates of deposit to replace maturities as needed.  The average rate on our brokered certificates of deposit purchases in 2011 was 1.9% with a weighted average life of just more than five years.  These strategic decisions allowed us to grow our net interest margin year-to-date at December 31, 2011 to 3.84% from 3.70% at December 31, 2010.  Core deposits now comprise 78.7% of total deposits, compared to 74.9% in the prior year.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires that we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Our critical accounting policies are limited to those described below. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Allowance for Loan Losses.
Our allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Additions to the allowance may result from recording provision for loan losses and recoveries, while charge offs are deducted from the allowance. Allocation of the allowance is made for analytical purposes only, and the entire allowance is available to absorb any loan charged off.
 
We have an established process for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that relies on various procedures and pieces of information to arrive at a range of probable outcomes. No single statistic or measurement, in itself, determines the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance has two components: identified specific allocations and a percentage allocation based on loss history for different loan groups.

To determine the allocated component of the allowance, we combine estimated allowances required for specifically identified loans that are analyzed individually and loans that are analyzed on a group basis. First, management allocates specific portions of the allowance for loan losses based on identifiable problem loans. Problem loans are identified through a loan risk rating system and monitored through watch list reporting. The amount of impairment, or specific reserve, is calculated by using the present value of expected cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell as required by ASC310-10.  Second, management’s evaluation of the allowance for different loan groups is based on consideration of actual loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of our borrowers, industry concentrations within the loan portfolio and general economic conditions. Lastly, the unallocated component of the allowance is maintained to supplement the allocated component and to recognize the imprecision of estimating and measuring loss when evaluating loss allocations for individual loans or pools of loans. The allocated and the unallocated components represent the total allowance for loan losses that under normal circumstances should adequately cover probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
 
 
26

 

Actual loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that a loan or a portion thereof is uncollectible. A loan is impaired when full payment under the loan terms is not expected. Impairment is evaluated in the aggregate for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature such as residential mortgage and consumer loans, and on an individual loan basis for other loans. Commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment. When analysis of a borrower's operating results and financial condition indicates that underlying cash flows of the borrower's business are not adequate to meet its debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing interest rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

There are many factors affecting judgment calls relating to allowances for loan losses. Some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. Although we believe our process for determining the allowance adequately considers all of the factors that could potentially result in credit losses, the process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provision for loan losses could be required that could adversely affect earnings or financial position in future periods.

Results of Operations

Summary
We reported net income of $6.6 million, or $1.36 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2011, which was the highest annual net income reported in our history.  This was a $3.4 million increase from net income of $3.2 million reported in 2010 and a $12.2 million increase from the $5.6 million net loss reported in 2009. Net income per diluted share of $1.36 reflects an increase of $0.67 from net income in 2010 and a $2.73 increase from the net loss reported in 2009.
 
Net interest income increased 2.2% from 2010, which was reflective of the increase in our net interest margin from 3.70% to 3.84%, but offset by a $1.9 million decrease in average earning assets.  Noninterest income increased by $337,047, or 4.3%, primarily due to increases in mortgage banking income and net debit card interchange income.  The increase in noninterest income was offset by decrease in trust and brokerage income and gain on sales of securities compared to 2010.  Noninterest expenses increased by $375,744 due to an increase in salaries and benefits of $1.6 million, offset by decreases in FDIC premiums of $691,902 and OREO expenses of $646,288.  An income tax benefit was recorded in the amount of $1.6 million primarily due to the reversal of the valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset.

Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the difference between revenue generated from earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets, is our primary source of earnings. Interest income and interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $28.9 million and $6.1 million, respectively, netting $22.8 million in net interest income. Interest income and interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $30.5 million and $8.2 million, respectively, netting $22.3 million in net interest income. Interest income and interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $32.0 million and $12.2 million, respectively, resulting in $19.8 million in net interest income. The increase of $493,704 in net interest income in 2011 from 2010 was due to an increase in net interest margin, which was offset by a purposeful decrease in total loans.  The net interest margin, or net yield on average earning assets, increased to 3.84% in 2011 from 3.70% in 2010 and 3.14% in 2009.  The increase in net interest margin in 2010 and 2011 was due to aggressively reducing deposit rates, while keeping them consistent with local market rates, and restructuring our deposit mix by reducing our higher cost in-market certificate of deposits.  Offsetting the increase in net interest margin was a decrease of $1.9 million in average earning assets from 2010 to 2011.  These actions were a continued response to the low interest rate environment which has existed since December 2008 when the Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds rates to 0.25%.

Deposit costs also decreased as a result of a shift from certificates of deposit to lower-cost core deposits, such as non-interest bearing checking accounts, interest bearing checking accounts, savings, and money market accounts, which had average balances increase by $7.9 million, $9.0 million, $1.5 million, and $9.2 million, respectively, from the average balances in 2010.  HSAs were the primary increase in interest bearing checking as they increased by $15.1 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.  These HSAs had an average rate of 0.16% and have been one of our driving forces in reducing our cost of funds in 2010 and 2011.
 
 
27

 
 
The level of net interest income is primarily a function of asset size, as the weighted-average interest rate received on earning assets is greater than the weighted average interest cost of funding sources; however, factors such as types of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk, liquidity, asset quality, and customer behavior also impact net interest income as well as the net yield.

The following table reflects the average balance, interest earned or paid, and yields or costs of our assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity during 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Average Balance,
                                                     
Interest and Yield/
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cost Analysis
       
Interest
               
Interest
               
Interest
       
   
Average
   
Earned
   
Yield
   
Average
   
Earned
   
Yield
   
Average
   
Earned
   
Yield
 
($ in thousands)
 
Balance
   
or Paid
   
or Cost
   
Balance
   
or Paid
   
or Cost
   
Balance
   
or Paid
   
or Cost
 
Assets
                                                     
Short-term investments and interest-earning deposits
  $ 1,794     $ 35       1.95 %   $ 2,693     $ 26       0.97 %   $ 2,060     $ 1       0.05 %
Federal funds sold
    3,283       4       0.12 %     2,421       5       0.21 %     7,825       12       0.15 %
Securities - taxable
    79,608       2,296       2.88 %     74,285       2,502       3.37 %     63,138       3,066       4.86 %
Securities - tax exempt (1)
    46,533       2,623       5.64 %     27,614       1,624       5.88 %     23,157       1,442       6.23 %
Loans held for sale
    2,295       -       0.00 %     2,138       -       0.00 %     2,241       -       0.00 %
Loans
    481,933       24,828       5.15 %     508,182       26,847       5.28 %     549,242       28,036       5.10 %
Total interest-earning assets
    615,446       29,786       4.84 %     617,333       31,004       5.02 %     647,663       32,557       5.03 %
                                                                         
Allowance for loan losses
    (11,868 )                     (12,663 )                     (12,655 )                
Cash and due from banks
    19,975                       17,074                       21,705                  
Other assets
    39,751                       42,873                       35,765                  
Total assets
  $ 663,304                     $ 664,617                     $ 692,478                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders'Equity
                                                                       
Interest-bearing checking
  $ 112,283     $ 156       0.14 %   $ 103,263     $ 323       0.31 %   $ 83,558     $ 560       0.67 %
Savings
    22,036       33       0.15 %     20,543       79       0.38 %     17,436       73       0.42 %
Money market
    164,065       717       0.44 %     154,914       1,184       0.76 %     161,802       1,699       1.05 %
Certificates of deposit
    176,176       4,185       2.38 %     203,066       4,980       2.45 %     246,623       7,982       3.24 %
Short-term borrowings
    46       -       0.00 %     19       -       0.00 %     236       2       0.85 %
FHLB advances
    15,987       231       1.44 %     25,306       466       1.84 %     24,024       802       3.34 %
Junior subordinated debt
    17,527       817       4.66 %     17,527       1,159       6.61 %     17,527       1,128       6.44 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    508,120       6,139       1.21 %     524,638       8,191       1.56 %     551,206       12,246       2.22 %
      -                       -                       -                  
Noninterest-bearing checking
    93,532                       85,599                       88,147                  
Other liabilities
    5,588                       4,355                       4,267                  
Stockholders' equity
    56,064                       50,025                       48,858                  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 663,304                     $ 664,617                     $ 692,478                  
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 23,647                     $ 22,813                     $ 20,311          
Rate spread
                    3.63 %                     3.46 %                     2.81 %
Net interest income as a percent of average earning assets
                    3.84 %                     3.70 %                     3.14 %
 
(1) Computed on a tax equivalent basis for tax equivalent securities using a 34% statutory tax rate.
 
 
28

 
 
The following table shows the changes in interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to variances in rate and volume of average earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The change in interest not solely due to changes in rate or volume has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
 
Changes in Net Interest Income Due
To Rate and Volume
 
   
2011 over 2010
 
($ in thousands)
 
Rate
   
Volume
   
Total
 
Increase (decrease) in interest income:
                 
Short-term investments and interest-earning deposits
  $ 20     $ (11 )   $ 9  
Federal funds sold
    (2 )     1       (1 )
Securities - taxable
    (377 )     171       (206 )
Securities - tax exempt
    (70 )     1,069       999  
Loans
    (656 )     (1,363 )     (2,019 )
Net change in interest income
    (1,085 )     (133 )     (1,218 )
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:
                       
Interest-bearing checking
    (193 )     26       (167 )
Savings
    (51 )     5       (46 )
Money market
    (533 )     66       (467 )
Certificates of deposit
    (152 )     (643 )     (795 )
Short-term borrowings
    -       -       -  
FHLB advances
    (87 )     (148 )     (235 )
Trust preferred securities
    (342 )     -       (342 )
Net change in interest expense
    (1,358 )     (694 )     (2,052 )
Net change in interest income and interest expense
  $ 273     $ 561     $ 834  
                         
   
2010 over 2009
 
($ in thousands)
 
Rate
   
Volume
   
Total
 
Increase (decrease) in interest income:
                       
Short-term investments and interest-earning deposits
  $ 25     $ -     $ 25  
Federal funds sold
    3       (10 )     (7 )
Securities - taxable
    (1,045 )     481       (564 )
Securities - tax exempt
    (84 )     266       182  
Loans
    957       (2,146 )     (1,189 )
Net change in interest income
    (144 )     (1,409 )     (1,553 )
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:
                       
Interest-bearing checking
    (348 )     111       (237 )
Savings
    (6 )     12       6  
Money market
    (445 )     (70 )     (515 )
Certificates of deposit
    (1,736 )     (1,266 )     (3,002 )
Short-term borrowings
    -       (2 )     (2 )
FHLB advances
    (377 )     41       (336 )
Trust preferred securities
    31       -       31  
Net change in interest expense
    (2,881 )     (1,174 )     (4,055 )
Net change in interest income and interest expense
  $ 2,737     $ (235 )   $ 2,502  
 
Interest income is primarily generated from the loan portfolio. Average loans comprised 78%, 82%, and 85% of average earning assets during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. During 2011, the loan portfolio had an average yield of 5.15%, and earned $24.8 million, or 85.9% of total interest income, a decrease of $2.0 million from 2010.  This decrease in loans was offset by increases in both short-term and long-term investments.  The increase of $493,704 in net interest income in 2011 from 2010 was the net result of a reduction in interest expense outpacing the reduction in interest income, resulting in an increase in net interest margin as average earning assets decreased by only $1.9 million.  During 2010, the loan portfolio had an average yield of 5.28% and earned $26.8 million, or 88.2% of total interest income.  During 2009, the loan portfolio had an average yield of 5.10% and earned $28.0 million, or 87.4% of total interest income.
 
 
29

 

The total average securities portfolio and total average short-term investments equaled 20.5% and 0.8%, respectively, of average earning assets. With an average tax-equivalent yield of 3.90%, total securities contributed $4.0 million, or 13.9% of total interest income, in 2011, while total short-term investments had a combined average yield of 0.77% and earned $39,041, or 0.1% of total interest income, in 2011. During 2010, the total securities portfolio and total short-term investments equaled 16.5% and 0.8%, respectively, of average earning assets. With an average tax-equivalent yield of 4.05 %, total securities contributed $3.6 million, or 11.7% of total interest income, in 2010, while total short-term investments had a combined average yield of 0.61% and earned $31,334, or 0.1% of total interest income, in 2010. During 2009, the total securities portfolio and total short-term investments equaled 13.3% and 1.5%, respectively, of average earning assets. With an average tax-equivalent yield of 5.22%, total securities contributed $4.0 million, or 12.5% of total interest income, in 2009, while total short-term investments had a combined average yield of 0.13% and earned $13,363, or 0.1% of total interest income, in 2009.

Interest expense is primarily generated from money market deposits and certificates of deposit, which equaled 32.3% and 34.7%, respectively, of average interest bearing-liabilities during 2011; 29.5% and 38.7%, respectively, of average interest-bearing liabilities during 2010; and 29.4% and 44.7%, respectively, of average interest-bearing liabilities during 2009. Total average borrowings were 6.6%, 8.2%, and 7.6% of average interest-bearing liabilities during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Money market balances had an average rate of 0.44% and cost $716,473, or 11.7% of total interest expense, in 2011, compared to an average rate of 0.76% and cost $1.2 million, or 14.5% of total interest expense, in 2010. Certificates of deposit had an average rate of 2.38% and cost $4.2 million, or 68.2% of total interest expense, in 2011, compared to an average rate of 2.45% and cost $5.0 million, or 60.8% of total interest expense, in 2010. Interest expense on savings and interest-bearing checking totaled 3.1% of total interest expense at an average rate of 0.14% during 2011 and 4.9% of total interest expense at average rate of 0.33% during 2010. The Company paid $1.0 million of interest expense on borrowings, or 17.1% of total interest expense, during 2011 and paid $1.6 million of interest expense on borrowings, or 19.8% of total interest expense, during 2010.

During 2009, money market accounts had an average rate of 1.05% and cost $1.7 million, or 13.9% of total interest expense, while certificates of deposit had an average rate of 3.24% and cost $8.0 million, or 65.2% of total interest expense. Savings deposits and interest-bearing checking accounts totaled 5.2% of average interest-bearing liabilities during 2009 with an average rate of 0.63%. Total borrowings had an average rate of 3.12% and cost $1.9 million of interest expense during 2009.

In December 2010, $8.0 million of our Trust Preferred Debt Securities went to a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.34%, which lowered our costs from that funding type by $342,104, or 29.5%.  This reduced the average rate on this funding from 6.61% for the year ending December 31, 2010 to 4.66% for the year ending December 31, 2011.  We expect another decrease in interest expense from this funding beginning in March 2012 as the remaining $9.0 million on our balance sheet will move to a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.69%.

Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses was $4.2 million for 2011, $4.7 million for 2010, and $10.7 million for 2009.  In 2011, our focus was on reducing nonperforming and classified assets through various methods, including charging-down loans, selling loans, and working with our customers to move these loans to other financial institutions.  This strategy resulted in net charge-offs of $7.3 million.  While a portion of the 2011 expense was recorded to replenish the reserve after the $8.2 million in charge-offs, we previously had $4.3 million reserved on those relationships as of December 31, 2010.  We also received $920,930 in recoveries that offset the charge-offs taken in 2011 and assisted in replenishing our allowance.  There were three commercial real estate relationships, two commercial relationships, and one residential real estate relationship that were downgraded to an impairment status in 2011 requiring additional reserves totaling $2.7 million.

We also had one non-accrual commercial loan requiring additional reserves in 2011 in the amount of $140,000.  For 2010, a portion of provision expense was recorded to replenish the reserve as it is used to charge-off or charge-down loans.  Another portion of the expense was used to increase reserves on three commercial real estate relationships and one commercial relationship that were deemed impaired in 2009 or 2010 and required additional reserves of approximately $1.7 million in 2010 due to a decrease in collateral values.  The provision expense recorded in 2010 reflected a $6.0 million decrease from 2009.  The provision expense recorded in 2009 was primarily due to significant charge-offs related to a group of pre-2006 residential real estate development loans made up of different parties within the same development.  The economic downturn also had an effect on a few commercial loan relationships requiring specific reserves and charge-offs due to liquidation of those businesses in 2009.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding was 2.03%, 2.56%, and 2.20% at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
 
 
30

 

We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level management feels is adequate to absorb probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio. The evaluation is based upon our historical loan loss experience, along with the banking industry’s historical loan loss experience, as well as known and inherent risks contained in the loan portfolio, composition and growth of the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions and other factors.

We had $12.5 million of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $10.6 million from $23.1 million in nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010.  The decrease in nonperforming loans is a direct result of the Company’s focus to improve asset quality and profitability.  Of the $10.6 million decrease in nonperforming loans, $5.7 million was due to a decrease in troubled debt restructured loans.  The decrease in troubled debt restructured loans was the result of $7.5 million of loans from 2010 moving to a performing status and adding two new relationships to the category in the amount of $1.8 million during 2011.

We reported $7.3 million of net charge-offs, or 1.51% of average loans, during 2011 compared to $3.9 million in net charge offs, or 0.76% of average loans, during 2010 and $9.8 million in net charge-offs during 2009.  Net loans decreased during 2011 by $21.3 million, or approximately 4.5%, due to the Company’s focus on improving asset quality, profitability, and liquidity.  We had $12.5 million, $23.1 million, and $15.9 million of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Classified assets are comprised of accruing substandard, troubled debt restructurings, and non-accrual loans, along with impaired investments and other real estate owned.  Classified assets reached their peak at the end of the third quarter of 2009 at $62.9 million.  We have made steady progress over the past few years to reduce these assets by $26.9 million, or 48.9%, from $55.0 million at December 31, 2009.  The Classified Assets Ratio is a key indicator used by our regulators to analyze asset quality at financial institutions.  It is calculated by dividing classified assets by the sum of Tier 1 Capital and the Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALLL”).  At December 31, 2011, our classified assets were 34.98%, which shows improvement from 63.4% on December 31, 2010 and 74.2% on December 31, 2009.  Our goal is for this ratio to be at or below 25%.  The following table presents the classified assets annually from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2011:

   
December 31
   
December 31
   
December 31
 
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
 
Classified Loans:
                 
Substandard Accruing
  $ 34,460     $ 24,694     $ 8,667  
Troubled Debt Restructurings
    1,915       7,502       4,299  
Substandard Loans Held for Sale
    -       -       3,000  
Nonaccrual
    13,466       12,939       8,682  
Total Classified Loans
    49,841       45,135       24,648  
Impaired Securities
    479       422       331  
Other Real Estate Owned
    4,634       4,284       3,129  
Total Classified Assets
  $ 54,954     $ 49,841     $ 28,108  
                         
Tier 1 Capital and ALLL
  $ 74,086     $ 78,659     $ 80,363  
                         
Classifed Asset Ratio
    74.18 %     63.36 %     34.98 %
 
 
31

 
 
Noninterest Income
Total noninterest income was $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $7.8 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The $337,047 increase from 2010 was primarily due to a $306,096 increase in mortgage banking income and a $211,495 increase in net debit card interchange income.  Mortgage banking income increased primarily due to an increase in the origination fee we charge our customers on each loan, a 30 basis point increase in the internal rate that we have set to be able to sell a mortgage loan, and an increase in our mortgage loan commitment pipeline leading to a fair value adjustment on loans committed to be sold with interest rate lock commitments.  The increase in net debit card interchange income was primarily due to the increase in the number of debit cards outstanding and the conversion to another service provider, who charges less for debit card transaction processing, in February of 2011.  These increases were offset by decreases of $50,942 and $332,990 in our trust and brokerage fee income and our gain on sale of securities, respectively.  Trust and brokerage fees were down due to a $37.7 million decrease in assets under management throughout 2011. The gain on the sale of securities has decreased from 2010 due to an opportunity to recognize a large gain on the sale of a group of held to maturity securities held at our holding company during the third quarter of 2010 in the amount of $888,059.  We recorded $776,753 in gains in 2011.  Through restructuring opportunities within the market, we were able to recognize some gains and reinvest the proceeds with minimal impact to the portfolio yield.  Deposit service charges and other than temporary impairment (OTTI) remained relatively unchanged when comparing 2010 to 2011.  Other income increased $129,723 primarily due to increases in fees from letters of credit by approximately $78,000 and increases in rental income from our OREO properties of approximately $61,000.

Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense totaled $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $21.2 million and $23.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, an increase of $375,744, or 1.8%, during 2011 over 2010. The increase in expenses is attributable to an increase of $1.6 million in salaries and benefits and an increase of $206,938 in data processing costs.  These increases were offset by decreases of $691,902 and $646,288 in FDIC premiums and OREO expenses, respectively, in 2011.

During 2011, salaries and benefits increased by $1.6 million compared to 2010.  There were a few reasons for the increase, including an increase in the average number of full-time employees employed during the year, an increase in incentive program expenses from an improvement in earnings and improvements in asset quality, and an increase in 401(k) employer matching contributions.  While we ended the year with the same number of employees as in 2010, we employed 4.5 more employees on average in 2011 than in 2010.  Due to an improvement in earnings of $3.4 million compared to 2010, there was an increase in the profit sharing pool, which accounts for approximately $172,000 of the increase in salaries and benefits expense.  We also had an increase of approximately $615,000 in salaries and benefits due primarily to two incentive programs that were specific to 2011 for asset quality improvement and reaching specific earnings milestones.  Finally, we matched employee contributions to their 401(k) plans for the entire year of 2011 compared to only the second half of 2010 when the match was reinstated.  Salary and benefit costs were $11.2 million in 2011 and were 51.7% of total noninterest expenses.

Data processing costs increased by $206,938 primarily due to an increase in the number of deposit accounts and the purchase of additional services and/or products from our core processing vendor.  The cost of our core processing system is primarily based on the number of accounts we have open, which continues to increase annually due to the high volume of health savings accounts opened each year.  We opened approximately 8,000 health savings account in 2011, of which most of them were opened in January.  The base price per account also increases as new services and/or products are added.

Offsetting the increase in noninterest expenses were decreases in FDIC premiums and OREO expenses of $691,902 and $646,288, respectively.  Due to industry-wide decreases in FDIC assessment rates for determining insurance premiums in the first quarter of 2011 coupled with the additional decrease in our FDIC assessment rates during the second quarter of 2011, we experienced a 33.6% decrease in our FDIC premiums during 2011 compared 2010.  The reduction in OREO expense was two-fold.  First, there was a reduction in the additions to OREO, which was $2.4 million of additions in 2011 compared to $5.0 million of additions in 2010.  Second, the values of the properties did not decrease as much as in prior years, which would trigger a write-down of the property to fair value.

Of the remaining noninterest expenses, no individual line item increased or decreased more than $100,000.  Business development expenses increased $58,032, or 14.3%.  The increase in this category was primarily due to a new charitable contribution for compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.  We pledged two securities to a local charity, of which they will receive distributions totaling 1% of the principal value of these investments annually.  This will be an ongoing expense and accounted for approximately $20,000 of our business development expense in 2011.  While loan and professional expenses remained relatively unchanged, we did experience a shift in the type of services provided.  We had additional fees for accounting and legal fees for strategic purposes compared to additional fees for asset quality issues and costs for complying with our Written Agreement.
 
 
32

 

Salary and benefit costs were $9.6 million in 2010 and were 45.1% of total noninterest expenses.  Occupancy and equipment expenses are the second largest expense at $2.5 million and were 11.9% of total noninterest expense in 2010.  Loan and professional costs were reported in the amount of $1.6 million, which consisted of legal expenses associated with elevated levels of nonperforming assets and items pertaining to the Written Agreement.  Premiums for deposit insurance from the FDIC were $2.1 million, or 9.7%, of total noninterest expense.  Real estate market values continued to decline in 2010 causing write-downs and professional expenses of $1.7 million on properties that have moved to other real estate owned.

Salary and benefit costs were $10.9 million in 2009 and were 47.6% of total noninterest expenses.  Loan and professional costs increased during 2009 from prior year levels by $336,555, or 25.6%. Loan and professional expenses in 2009 increased to $1.6 million due to entering into a consulting engagement to have our lending staffing and processes analyzed.  These expenses also increased due to additional costs associated with the workout of non-performing assets.  Premiums for deposit insurance from the FDIC increased in 2009 to $1.7 million, of which $315,000 was due to an industry-wide one-time special assessment of $315,000.  Real estate market values remained low in 2009 causing write-downs and professional expenses of $1.7 million on properties that have moved to other real estate owned.
 
Monitoring and controlling overhead expenses while providing high quality service to customers is of the utmost importance to us. The efficiency ratio, computed by dividing noninterest expense by net interest income plus noninterest income, was 70.0% in 2011 compared to 70.6% in 2010 and 88.8% in 2009. The efficiency ratio decreased in 2011 and 2010 from prior years primarily due to increases in total revenues.  The efficiency ratio was slightly higher in 2009 due to the decrease in net interest income caused by steep interest rate cuts taken in 2008 that remained unchanged in through 2011.  During 2010 and 2011, we made significant strides in improving our net interest margin, which translated into improved net interest income, through disciplined actions required to decrease nonperforming assets and an aggressive approach for pricing deposits.

Income Taxes Expense
We recorded a tax benefit of $1.6 million and $2.2 million in 2011 and 2009 compared to tax expense of $923,727 in 2010.  The tax benefit recorded in 2011 was the direct result of reversing the valuation allowance previously set up on the state deferred tax asset created by our book to tax timing differences at the state level and our state net operating losses created by our REIT.  Releasing the valuation allowance on the state deferred tax assets in 2011 was triggered by two events during the year that made it more likely than not that we will realize the state deferred tax asset within the next few years.  First, we have a net taxable income position over the past three years for federal purposes and we don’t expect that to change in the foreseeable future.  Second, we liquidated our REIT at the end of the third quarter of 2011, which will create state taxable income going forward, if we continue to produce a profit as expected.  The effective tax rate for 2011 was (30.6%).  During 2010, we recorded tax expense of $923,727 compared to $2.2 million of tax benefit in 2009.  The effective tax rate recorded for 2010 was 22.6% as compared to (28.3%) for 2009.  The low effective tax rate in 2010 was primarily due to modest levels of income offset by tax-exempt investment income derived from investing in municipal bonds and bank owned life insurance.  The income tax benefit recorded in 2009 was the result of a net loss posted and was amplified by placing a valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset due to determining that our state deferred tax asset created from the state net operating loss from our REIT was more likely than not unrealizable.

Capital Sources

Stockholders’ equity is a noninterest-bearing source of funds, which provides support for asset growth. Stockholders’ equity was $62.1 million and $53.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Affecting the increase in stockholders’ equity during 2011 was $6.6 million in net income and $2.3 million in unrealized gains, net of tax, on available for sale securities.  Additionally, we recorded $45,427 of stock compensation expense.

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Currently, both the Company and the Bank have been categorized as “Well Capitalized,” the highest classification contained within the banking regulations. The capital ratios of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are disclosed in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In 2010 we refined our Capital Contingency Plan and we have established new internal minimum capital levels that are in excess of those required by the regulators to remain “well capitalized”.  The plan provides that our Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio should be equal to or greater than 11.0% and our Leverage Ratio should be equal to or greater than 8.0%.
 
 
33

 

Our ability to pay cash and stock dividends is subject to limitations under various laws and regulations and to prudent and sound banking practices. Prior to 2006 no cash or stock dividends were paid. In December 2005, our Board of Directors formally approved the payment of dividends commencing in calendar 2006. This was based on an analysis of our liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements, and results of operations.  During 2006, we paid dividends at annual rate of $0.16 per share payable in four quarterly installments.  This was increased in 2007 by 10%, which resulted in dividends paid totaling $0.176 per share.  In January 2008, our Board of Directors voted to pay a dividend of $0.044 per share for the first quarter dividend payment.  In the second quarter of 2008, however, we elected to forego the declaration of dividends on our common stock indefinitely. The decision was based on the desire to retain capital and hedge against challenging economic and banking industry conditions as well as to maintain Tower Bank’s current “well capitalized” status within the Federal Reserve System.

On May 5, 2010, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, effective April 23, 2010 (the “Written Agreement”). For more detail regarding the Written Agreement, refer to “Bank Regulation — Written Agreement” section of Item 1, “Business”.  One of the requirements in the Written Agreement was that we not pay dividends on or redeem any of our common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve.  In response to these requirements, no preferred stock dividends, common stock dividends or Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 or 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Ratios
 
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Loan to deposit ratio
    76.83 %     84.48 %
Loan to funding ratio
    73.24 %     80.97 %
Total risk-based capital
    15.16 %     14.30 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital
    13.91 %     13.10 %
Tier 1 leverage capital
    10.97 %     10.55 %

Liquidity

Liquidity is measured by our ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowed funds, capital or cash flow from the repayment of loans and investment securities. These funds are used to meet depositor withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements, to fund loans and to fund operational expenses. Liquidity is primarily achieved through the growth of deposits and liquid assets such as securities available for sale, cash flow from securities, matured securities, and federal funds sold. Asset and liability management is the process of managing the balance sheet to achieve a mix of earning assets and liabilities that maximize profitability while providing adequate liquidity.

Our liquidity strategy is to fund growth with deposits (from both in-market and out-of-market sources), Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings and to maintain an adequate level of short-term and medium-term investments to meet typical daily loan and deposit activity needs. We were able to utilize the $21.3 million decline in net loans in 2011 to increase liquidity through the purchase of securities and BOLI, which reported increases of $18.5 million and $3.6 million in 2011.  Included in total deposits at December 31, 2011 was approximately $48 million of extremely short-term deposits from two customers.  These two deposits are expected to be withdrawn during the first quarter 2012, but will be offset with deposits of approximately $23.0 million from the employer and employee funding of HSAs in January 2012.  We do not expect any undue stress on our funding when these two large deposits are withdrawn as they are held in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2011.  Overall deposits increased by $25.7 million compared to an increase in deposits from 2009 to 2010 of $8.0 million.  We mainly generate deposits from in-market sources; however, we also include national, non-brokered certificates of deposit, borrowings from the FHLB and trust preferred securities in our funding base. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the balances in brokered deposits, which included both money market accounts and certificates of deposit, were $102.6 million and $105.5 million, respectively.  FHLB advances increased by $4.5 million from $7.5 million at December 31, 2010 to $12.0 million at December 31, 2011.  We expect little to no growth in the loan portfolio through 2012. Funding for the loan portfolio will continue to come from in-market sources through the marketing of products and the development of branch locations. We will also continue to develop wholesale and out-of-market deposits and borrowing capacities and use them to augment interest rate sensitivity strategies and liquidity capabilities and to diversify the funding base of the Bank.

We have the ability to borrow money on a daily basis through correspondent banks (federal funds purchased) along with borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window, and had no borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Additional capacity to borrow overnight in the form of unused lines of commitment from correspondent banks totaled $20.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $15.0 million at December 31, 2010. The unused line at the discount window totaled $4.0 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.  We view this type of funding as a secondary and temporary source of funds.
 
 
34

 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

In addition to normal loan funding and deposit flow, we also need to maintain liquidity to meet the demands of certain unfunded loan commitments and standby and commercial letters of credit. The Bank maintains off-balance-sheet financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at any time, as the customer’s needs vary, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We monitor fluctuations in loan balances and commitment levels and include such data in our overall liquidity management.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized, if any, in the balance sheet. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the face amount of these instruments. Commitments to extend credit are recorded when they are funded and standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value.

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Collateral, such as accounts receivable, securities, inventory, property and equipment, is generally required based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower.

Tower Financial Corporation, the Bank, and the Trust Company occupy their respective headquarters, offices and other facilities under long-term operating leases and, in addition, are parties to long-term contracts for data processing and operating systems.  We refer you to the discussion at Item 2 (“Properties”) and to the section herein on “Related Person Transactions” for additional information regarding our long-term leases.

The following tables represent our contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2011.

Contractual Obligations
                             
at December 31, 2011
 
Payments Due by Period
 
   
Less than
      1-3       4-5    
After 5
       
($ in thousands)
 
1 Year
   
Years
   
Years
   
Years
   
Total
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
  $ 7,000     $ 5,000     $ -     $ -     $ 12,000  
Junior subordinated debt
    -       -       -       17,527       17,527  
Operating leases
    705       1,302       1,201       1,201       4,409  
Certificates of Deposit
    82,242       19,176       27,263       26,317       154,998  
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 89,947     $ 25,478     $ 28,464     $ 45,045     $ 188,934  
                                         
Commitments
                                       
at December 31, 2011
 
Amount of Commitment Expirations Per Period
 
   
Less than
      1-3       4-5    
After 5
         
($ in thousands)
 
1 Year
   
Years
   
Years
   
Years
   
Total
 
Lines of credit / loan commitments
  $ 71,569     $ 21,003     $ 3,000     $ 30,845     $ 126,417  
Residential real estate
    4,493       -       -       -       4,493  
Standby letters of credit
    9,355       120       -       -       9,475  
Total commitments
  $ 85,417     $ 21,123     $ 3,000     $ 30,845     $ 140,385  
 
 
35

 

Related Persons Transactions

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, are loan customers of the Bank. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had $17.0 million and $20.9 million, respectively, in loan commitments to directors and executive officers, of which $15.7 million and $15.3 million were funded at the respective period-ends.  All such loan transactions are reviewed and evaluated in the same manner, and under the same lending standards and policies, as every other loan to a non-related person, as all such loans must be approved by the Bank’s Loan and Investment Committee and by our Board of Directors, with the related person neither in attendance nor voting.

The Bank leases its headquarters facility from Tippmann Properties, Inc., agent for John V. Tippmann, Sr., a director and currently our second largest stockholder. The original lease was entered into in 1998 and was amended in 2001, 2004, 2006, and 2009. Each transaction was considered and approved by our Audit Committee and by a majority of the members of our Board of Directors (with Mr. Tippmann abstaining), as fair and reasonable to the Company.  Our composite rental rate and terms are market competitive. The total amount paid to Tippmann Properties for rent and maintenance was $708,418, $707,841, and $767,290 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. In 2011, we also paid Tippmann Properties $21,655 for remodeling and repair costs we incurred in 2011.  The lease is accounted for as an operating lease. Refer to the Contractual Obligations table above for a summary of future lease payment commitments under this and other leases.
 
The law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP, of which Robert S. Walters is a partner, performs legal services for the Company. Mr. Walters is the spouse of Irene A. Walters, one of our directors. We paid $120,401, $133,839, and $111,068 in legal fees and related expenses to this law firm in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Under our Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval, or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons, our Audit Committee has reviewed and ratified all terms of the lease with Tippmann Properties, Inc., as amended, the professional relationships with Mr. Walters and the law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP and have found that the terms are fair and reasonable and in the best interest of our Company and stockholders.

Related Persons transactions are subject to our Statement of Policy For the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions With Related Persons. A copy of this policy is available on our website at www.towerbank.net.
 
The policy applies to any “Transaction With a Related Person.” Under our policy, a “Related Person” is a person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was a director or executive officer, a nominee to become a director, a stockholder who beneficially owns 5% or more of our common stock, an “Immediate Family Member” (that is, a spouse, child, parent, sibling, or an in-law) of any of the foregoing persons, as well as any entity which is owned or controlled by any of such persons (or of which such person is a general partner or a 5% or greater beneficial owner) or any other person identified by our Audit Committee or our Board of Directors as a “Related Person” for purposes of this policy. Once a person has been identified as “Related Person” and if Tower Financial Corporation or any subsidiary is a participant, then if the aggregate amount involved in the transaction exceeds $60,000 and the “Related Person” has a direct or indirect interest (other than simply as a result of being a director or less than a 10% beneficial owner of the entity involved) the transaction must be considered, approved or ratified by the Audit Committee.
 
We have established the threshold transactional amount at $60,000, which triggers the review, even though applicable SEC regulations set the threshold at $120,000. We have done this so that even smaller transactions with Related Persons will be reviewed for fairness and appropriateness. Employment of a Related Person in the ordinary course of business consistent with our policies and practices with respect to the employment of non-Related Persons in similar positions (so long as the Related Person is not an executive officer required to be reported in our annual proxy statement) is not subject to the policy. Transactions involving competitive bids or transactions involving services as a bank depository, transfer agent, registrar, or trustee are considered pre-approved for purposes of our policy.
 
All other transactions subject to our policy must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee, unless our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer determines that it is impractical to wait until an Audit Committee meeting. In such event, the Chair of the Audit Committee may review and approve the proposed Related Person transaction but shall then promptly report any such approval to the full Audit Committee. All material facts respecting the Related Person transaction must be disclosed to the Audit Committee. In the event that we become aware of a Related Person transaction that has not been approved prior to its consummation, the matter must then still be reviewed by the Audit Committee, which will then review all relevant facts and circumstances, shall evaluate all available options (including ratification, revision or termination of the transaction), and shall take such course of action as it deems appropriate.
 
 
36

 
 
In reviewing any Related Person transaction, the Audit Committee must consider the proposed benefits to the Company, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is at least on terms comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally, and must then determine that the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company.
 
Financial Condition

In 2011, we reported $6.6 million in net income, which is the highest in any year since our inception.  This milestone was accomplished through the increase in total revenues, the decrease in provision expense, and the reversal of the valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset.  These increases to revenue were offset by an increase in noninterest expenses in 2011.

During 2011 and 2010, we continued to focus on improving profitability, both short-term and long-term, by improving asset quality, restructuring the balance sheet, increasing the net interest margin, and controlling expenses.  Nonperforming asset levels continue to be higher than we would prefer, but they have declined by $11.8 million since December 31, 2010.  We are seeing improvement in several lending relationships, where they have been rehabilitated and could move to a performing status sometime in the near future.  To be able to move to performing status once a loan is considered nonperforming, certain performance levels are expected and must be sustained for a period of time.  The decrease in nonperforming assets was through improvements, charge-downs or fair value adjustments, and refinancing through another institution.  Total loans decreased by $24.4 million and were offset by an increase in long-term investments by $18.5 million.  Cash and cash equivalents increased by $37.6 million primarily due to extremely short-term deposits of approximately $48 million being placed in the Bank in December 2011.  These deposits were held in cash and cash equivalents due to the short duration established for these deposits, which are expected to be withdrawn in the first quarter of 2012.  Without these extremely short-term deposits, our total deposits would have declined by approximately $22.3 million.  While asset size would have declined in 2011 and had declined in 2010 and 2009 from prior years, management anticipates that assets will begin to level out or slightly grow in the near future as we look to increase our earning assets, through the origination and purchasing of quality loans and investments while maintaining our current asset allocation.

Earning Assets
The Bank’s net loans declined $21.3 million, or 4.5%, during 2011. Total loans were $462.6 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $486.9 million at December 31, 2010. The loan portfolio, which equaled 76.2% and 79.9% of earning assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, was primarily comprised of commercial and commercial real estate loans at both dates and were made to business interests generally located within the Bank’s market area. Approximately 46.3% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 consisted of general commercial and industrial loans primarily secured by inventory, receivables, and equipment, while 25.6% of the loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans primarily secured by real estate. The largest concentrations of credit within the commercial and commercial real estate categories are represented by owner-occupied and investment real estate at $142.9 million, or 30.9% of total loans, and commercial not associated with real estate at $119.1 million, or 25.8% of total loans. While the general portfolio mix has remained about the same, the main direction the Bank has taken was to put more resources into the commercial versus the commercial real estate product.  The concentration and growth in commercial credits is in keeping with the Bank’s strategy of focusing a substantial amount of efforts on commercial banking. Business banking is an area of expertise for the Bank’s management and lending team. The following table presents loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007.
 
Loans Outstanding
         
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Commercial
  $ 214,207     $ 232,077     $ 251,773     $ 255,027     $ 252,257  
Commercial real estate
    118,414       120,413       132,355       152,417       170,292  
Residential real estate
    81,845       80,107       86,680       98,432       102,162  
Home equity
    34,593       38,389       40,043       34,957       29,508  
Consumer
    13,768       15,986       16,649       20,330       21,750  
Total loans
    462,827       486,972       527,500       561,163       575,969  
Net deferred loan (fees) / costs
    (266 )     (58 )     (167 )     (151 )     (225 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (9,408 )     (12,489 )     (11,598 )     (10,655 )     (8,208 )
                                         
Net loans
  $ 453,153     $ 474,425     $ 515,735     $ 550,357     $ 567,536  
 
 
37

 
 
The following table presents the maturity of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011, according to scheduled repayments of principal and also based upon re-pricing opportunities.
 
Maturities of Loans Outstanding
   
Within
    1 - 5    
Over
       
($ in thousands)
 
1 Year
   
Years
   
5 Years
   
Totals
 
                           
Loans - Contractual Maturity Dates:
                         
Commercial
  $ 102,183     $ 83,354     $ 28,670     $ 214,207  
Commercial real estate
    31,940       63,741       22,733       118,414  
Residential real estate
    4,391       12,427       65,027       81,845  
Home equity
    4,534       15,107       14,952       34,593  
Consumer
    5,289       8,470       9       13,768  
                                 
Total loans
  $ 148,337     $ 183,099     $ 131,391     $ 462,827  
                                 
Loan Repricing Opportunities:
                               
Fixed rate
  $ 54,714     $ 96,067     $ 96,416     $ 247,197  
Variable rate
    93,624       87,031       34,975       215,630  
                                 
Total loans
  $ 148,338     $ 183,098     $ 131,391     $ 462,827  

The Bank’s credit policies establish, monitor for effectiveness and adjust guidelines to manage credit risk and asset quality. These guidelines include procedures for loan review and to elicit the identification of problem loans as early as practical in order to provide effective loan portfolio administration. We strive, through application of our credit policies and procedures, to minimize the risks and uncertainties inherent in lending. In following these policies and procedures, we must rely on estimates, appraisals and evaluation of loans and the possibility that changes could occur because of changing general economic conditions and changes in consumer preferences, government monetary policies, changes in a borrower’s financial condition, and other factors that can affect a loan’s collectability. Identified problem loans, which exhibit characteristics (financial or otherwise) that could cause the loans to become nonperforming or require restructuring in the future, are included on an internal “watch list.” Senior management reviews this list regularly and adjusts for changing conditions. At December 31, 2011, there were $53.9 million, a decrease of $18.4 million or 25.4% from 2010, of potential problem loans outstanding on the watch list.  At December 31, 2010, there were $72.3 million of potential problem loans outstanding on the watch list.  This decrease in loans on the watch list is a reflection of management’s focus on improving asset quality.  Over the past few years, we have been prudent in recognizing and reporting loans in trouble and helping them return to a performing status.

Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2011 were $12.5 million, of which $8.7 million were loans placed on nonaccrual status, $2.0 million of loans still accruing at 90 days or more past due, and $1.8 million of troubled debt restructured loans.  The primary reason for the decrease in nonperforming loans was management’s focus on improving asset quality and profitability.  The reduction was the result of loan sales, charge-offs, upgrades in rating, and refinancing through another institution.  In the nonaccrual category, one commercial real estate loan in the amount of $2.1 million was refinanced through another institution and one commercial real estate loan and a commercial loan in the amount of $1.9 million was sold.  Charge-offs on these two loans totaled $956,514, of which $655,000 was previously reserved at December 31, 2010.  Nonperforming troubled debt restructurings decreased by $5.7 million due to the three relationships labeled as nonperforming in the amount of $7.5 million at December 31, 2010 moved to performing troubled debt restructuring status during 2011 based on the receipt of timely payments for more than six months on the new structure.  Two new relationships were added in the amount of $1.8 million during 2011.  Total impaired loans were $17.6 million, which included most of the nonperforming loans plus loans deemed impaired and still accruing of $6.5 million.

Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010 were $23.1 million, of which $12.9 million were loans placed on nonaccrual status, $2.7 million of loans still accruing at 90 days or more past due, and $7.5 million of troubled debt restructured loans.  Total impaired loans were $29.2 million, which included most of the nonperforming loans plus loans deemed impaired and still accruing of $9.5 million.  Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2009 were $15.9 million, of which $13.5 million were loans placed on nonaccrual status, $561,136 of loans still accruing at 90 days or more past due, and $1.9 million of troubled debt restructured loans. Total impaired loans were $23.2 million, which included most of the nonperforming loans plus loans deemed impaired and still accruing of $8.9 million.
 
 
38

 
 
Nonperforming assets
         
at December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Loans past due over 90 days still accruing
  $ 2,007,098     $ 2,688,135     $ 561,136     $ 1,019,857     $ -  
Troubled debt restructured loans
    1,804,724       7,501,958       1,915,127       327,967       639,332  
Nonaccrual loans
    8,682,161       12,939,331       13,466,165       15,675,334       17,954,861  
Total nonperforming loans
    12,493,983       23,129,424       15,942,428       17,023,158       18,594,193  
Other real estate owned
    3,129,231       4,284,263       4,634,089       2,660,310       1,451,573  
Impaired securities
    331,464       421,529       478,665       230,900       -  
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 15,954,678     $ 27,835,216     $ 21,055,182     $ 19,914,368     $ 20,045,766  
 
During 2011, the Bank recorded $7.3 million in net charged-off loans compared to $3.9 million in 2010 and $9.8 million in 2009.  The net charge-offs to total average loans was 1.51%, 0.76%, and 1.78% in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Of the charge-offs recorded in 2011, 5 commercial real estate loans made up $6.0 million, or 73.1%, of total charge-offs and 5 commercial loans made up $1.9 million, or 23.0%, of total charge-offs.  Offsetting the charge-offs was a recovery on a commercial unsecured loan in the amount of $540,000 in 2011.  The remaining net charge-offs were less than $100,000 each.  Of the loans charged-off in 2010, $2.7 million came from 5 commercial loans and one commercial real estate loan that had been either partially or fully reserved previously.  There was one residential real estate loan from a pool of loans purchased in 2007 from Countrywide, now serviced by Bank of America, that had a $283,351 charge-off, but only had a small reserve based on ASC 450-2 guidelines.  The remaining net charge-offs were less than $500,000 each.  Offsetting the charge-offs were $634,993 of recoveries, which included a recovery of $200,000 on one commercial loan relationship that was charged off earlier in the year.  Of the loans charged off in 2009, $8.9 million in charge-offs were for three commercial real estate loan relationships and five commercial loan relationships.  There were other smaller charge-offs but none in excess of $500,000, while all others were less than that.  The charge-offs were offset by $530,227 of recoveries from two commercial loan relationships, one of which was related to the charge-offs reported earlier in 2009.
 
Activity in the allowance for loan losses during 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Beginning balance, January 1
  $ 12,489,400     $ 11,598,389     $ 10,654,879     $ 8,208,162     $ 6,870,442  
Provision charged to operating expense
    4,220,000       4,745,000       10,735,000       4,399,000       10,996,000  
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial
    (1,751,096 )     (3,457,564 )     (6,279,849 )     (1,148,617 )     (2,471,770 )
Commercial real estate
    (6,398,449 )     (547,808 )     (3,814,068 )     (1,920,176 )     (7,289,044 )
Residential real estate
    (7,033 )     (293,785 )     (133,850 )     (55,219 )     (37,669 )
Home equity
    (65,739 )     (138,471 )     (75,823 )     (82,536 )     (178,522 )
Consumer
    -       (51,354 )     (18,127 )     (289,664 )     (146,086 )
Total Charge-offs
    (8,222,317 )     (4,488,982 )     (10,321,717 )     (3,496,212 )     (10,123,091 )
Recoveries:
                                       
Commercial
    803,050       538,158       449,904       567,420       302,881  
Commercial real estate
    80,188       74,867       36,015       846,700       -  
Residential real estate
    -       -       2,231       112,961       36,007  
Home equity
    26,412       21,348       31,965       8,940       122,098  
Consumer
    11,280       620       10,112       7,908       3,825  
Total Recoveries
    920,930       634,993       530,227       1,543,929       464,811  
Total Net Charge-offs
    (7,301,387 )     (3,853,989 )     (9,791,490 )     (1,952,283 )     (9,658,280 )
                                         
Ending balance, December 31
  $ 9,408,013     $ 12,489,400     $ 11,598,389     $ 10,654,879     $ 8,208,162  

In each quarter, we adjust the allowance for loan losses to the amount we believe is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. We allocate specific portions of the allowance for loan losses to specifically identified problem loans. Our evaluation of the allowance is further based on consideration of actual loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of borrowers, industry concentrations within the portfolio and general economic conditions. We believe that the present allowance is adequate, based on the foregoing broad range of considerations.
 
 
39

 

The following table illustrates the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan type.
 
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
($ in thousands)                                                            
         
Loan
         
Loan
         
Loan
         
Loan
         
Loan
 
         
Type
         
Type
         
Type
         
Type
         
Type
 
   
Dec 31,
   
As a %
   
Dec 31,
   
As a %
   
Dec 31,
   
As a %
   
Dec 31,
   
As a %
   
Dec 31,
   
As a %
 
   
2011
   
of Total
   
2010
   
of Total
   
2009
   
of Total
   
2008
   
of Total
   
2007
   
of Total
 
Loan Type
 
Alloc.
   
Loans
   
Alloc.
   
Loans
   
Alloc.
   
Loans
   
Alloc.
   
Loans
   
Alloc.
   
Loans
 
                                                             
Commercial
  $ 3,963       42.1 %   $ 5,791       46.4 %   $ 6,733       58.1 %   $ 4,942       46.4 %   $ 4,175       43.8 %
Commercial real estate
    4,706       50.0 %     6,183       49.5 %     4,336       37.4 %     5,276       49.5 %     3,798       29.6 %
Residential real estate
    581       6.2 %     387       3.1 %     168       1.4 %     136       1.3 %     21       17.7 %
Home equity
    77       0.8 %     77       0.6 %     205       1.8 %     110       1.0 %     30       5.1 %
Consumer
    19       0.2 %     29       0.2 %     104       0.9 %     134       1.3 %     140       3.8 %
Unallocated
    62       0.7 %     22       0.2 %     52       0.4 %     57       0.5 %     44       n/a  
                                                                                 
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 9,408       100.0 %   $ 12,489       100.0 %   $ 11,598       100.0 %   $ 10,655       100.0 %   $ 8,208       100.0 %
 
See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for detail of activity in allowance for loan losses

Although, at the time each evaluation is made, we consider the aggregate allowance for loan losses to be adequate to absorb losses that we expect to be incurred, we can provide no assurance that charge-offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance, as has occurred in recent years. Additionally, banking regulators can require an increase to the allowance for loan losses if they deem necessary to satisfy regulatory safety and soundness concerns. We experienced $8.2 million of charge-offs and $920,930 of recoveries in 2011.  We experienced $4.5 million of charge-offs and $634,993 of recoveries during 2010 and $10.3 million of charge-offs and $530,227 of recoveries during 2009.
 
Total Securities Portfolio
        December 31,      
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Fair
   
Fair
   
Fair
 
($ in thousands)
 
Value
   
Value
   
Value
 
                   
                   
Available for sale securities:
                 
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 616     $ 4,173     $ 8,287  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    59,474       45,759       27,203  
Mortgage-backed securites (residential)
    62,851       55,489       44,657  
Mortgage-backed securites (commercial)
    5,679       4,683       5,022  
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       5       10  
                         
Total available for sale securities
    128,620       110,109       85,179  
                         
Held to maturity securities:
                       
Mortgage-backed securites (residential)
    -       -       4,636  
                         
Total held to maturity securities
  $ -     $ -     $ 4,636  
                         
Total securities
  $ 128,620     $ 110,109     $ 89,815  

Securities at fair value increased during 2011, and totaled $128.6 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $110.1 million at December 31, 2010 and $89.8 million at December 31, 2009.  We maintain a modest securities portfolio to provide for secondary liquidity and for interest rate risk management.  During 2011 and 2010, the size of the portfolio increased by approximately 16.8% and 22.6%, respectively, to focus on improving liquidity and flexibility.  The portfolio will continue to include some short-term liquid holdings from time to time based on liquidity needs. Since the inception of the Company, all securities have been designated as “available for sale” and “held to maturity” as defined by accounting standards.  Securities designated as available for sale are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Securities designated as held to maturity are stated at cost.  A net unrealized gain on this portfolio was recorded at December 31, 2011 in the amount of $5.1 million compared to a net unrealized gain on this portfolio in the amount of $1.6 million recorded at December 31, 2010 and a net unrealized gain in the amount of $1.4 million at December 2009.  The table above presents the total securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. During 2011, we sold $13.5 million of available for sale securities at a net gain of $776,753.  During 2010, we sold $9.2 million of available for sale and held to maturity securities and recorded $1.1 million gain from sales.  During 2009, we sold $9.5 million of available for sale agency and municipal securities and recorded a $264,112 gain from the sales.
 
 
40

 

Trust Preferred Securities: The Company owns a $1 million original investment in PreTSL XXV out of a pooled $877.4 million investment at the time of purchase.  This is the Company’s only pooled trust preferred security and it was classified as a collateralized debt obligation.  At March 31, 2011, the Company took an additional OTTI charge to write-off the remaining investment.  At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the investment was $4,600 and the amortized cost was $110,000.  The investment was rated C by Moody’s and C by Fitch at December 31, 2011 and was rated Ca by Moody’s and C by Fitch at December 31, 2010.

The investment is divided into seven tranches.  Tower’s investment is in the fifth tranche (C-1), meaning the cash flows on the investment are subordinated to the higher placed tranches. There are sixty-eight (68) issuing participants in PreTSL XXV.  Fifty-eight (58) of the issuers are banks or bank holding companies, with the remaining issuers being insurance companies.  As of December 31, 2011, the amount of deferrals and defaults was $299.1 million, or 34% of the total pool.  Of the total $877.4 million of original collateral, $578.3 million is currently paying interest.

The Company used the OTTI evaluation model to analyze the present value of expected cash flows.  The OTTI model considered the structure and term of the collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. We evaluated the credit quality of each underlying issuer in the pool and applied a risk rating for each issuer and then put this risk rating into a relevant risk model to identify immediate default risk.  Upon completion of the analysis at March 31, 2011, our model indicated that the security was 100% other-than-temporarily-impaired. An OTTI charge was recorded in the first quarter of 2011 in the amount of $110,000, which resulted in an ending book value of $0.  This security cannot experience any additional OTTI charges.

Private Label Collateralized Mortgage Obligation:  The Company owns a Private Label Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) with an original investment of $1.0 million, which is classified as a residential mortgage-backed security.  At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the investment was $331,464 and the amortized cost was $492,248.  The investment was rated Caa2 by Moody’s and CCC by S&P.  At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the investment was $416,929 and the amortized cost was $586,125.

This bond is classified as a “super senior” tranche because its cash flow is not subordinated to any other tranche in the deal and is classified as a mortgage-backed security (residential).  We used the Intex database to evaluate and model each individual loan in the underlying collateral of this security.  In 2009, we noticed that the credit quality of the underlying collateral was marginally deteriorating causing us to more aggressively monitor and analyze for other-than-temporary-impairment.  To monitor this investment, management has evaluated loan delinquencies, foreclosures, other real estate owned (OREO) and bankruptcies as a percentage of principal remaining on the loans as shown in the table below prior to making assumptions on the performing loans.

   
December 31
   
September 30
   
June 30
   
March 31
   
December 31
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
 
Delinquency 60+
    24.14 %     24.24 %     24.01 %     25.16 %     22.58 %
Delinquency 90+
    21.82 %     22.03 %     22.06 %     22.36 %     19.79 %
Other Real Estate Owned
    1.59 %     1.53 %     1.78 %     2.58 %     1.73 %
Foreclosure
    9.92 %     12.24 %     9.55 %     10.70 %     9.42 %
Bankruptcy
    2.88 %     2.44 %     3.12 %     3.08 %     4.08 %

We utilized Intex data to determine the default assumptions for all loans that are classified as “past due,” OREO or in foreclosure. A 50% severity rate was assumed on all defaults. This number was derived from the pool average over the last 12 months. The default rate differs for each State based on the severity of that State’s home price depreciation and the number of days the loan is past due.  Any foreclosure or loan classified as other real estate owned is immediately liquidated at a 50% severity. The current loan category is stratified by FICO scores and the level of asset documentation (full documentation, low documentation, or no documentation). The Loan Performance Database driven by Intex data is mined for historical probabilities of loans meeting these characteristics moving into default.  This was done for loans originated in 2006, 2007, and 2008 periods.  The average default rate is then calculated, as well as its standard deviation. Two standard deviations are then added to this mean to derive the current loan CDR assumptions; representing what management feels is a “stressed” scenario. We used the yield at the time of purchase as the discount rate for the cash flow analysis. At the time of purchase the bond was yielding 6%. Therefore, all cash flows in the OTTI analysis were discounted by 6% to get a present value. To determine the fair value, we surveyed two bond desks to see what yield it would take to sell the bond in the open market. Both desks said it would take a yield of 12%-15% to get someone to buy this bond. Management decided to use the conservative figure and discounted the cash flows by 15%. The two bond desks that were surveyed are Sterne Agee and Performance Trust.
 
 
41

 

Based on the analysis performed using the assumptions above, we have determined that this Private Label CMO is other-than-temporarily-impaired requiring us to record total credit impairment of $96,776 through December 31, 2011.  An OTTI charge of $39,045, $36,961, and $20,770 was recorded for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Short-term Investments and Fed Funds Sold
Federal funds sold, consisting of excess funds sold overnight to correspondent banks, and short-term investments and interest-bearing deposits, consisting of certificates of deposit with maturities less than 90 days and interest-bearing accounts at correspondent banks, are used to manage daily liquidity needs and interest rate sensitivity. Together, these short-term assets, which recorded an increase of $1.0 million during 2011, were $7.0 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, these short-term assets were approximately 1.1% of earning assets.

Source of Funds
Our major source of funds is from core deposits of local businesses, governmental and municipal public fund entities, and consumers within our market area. We also generate certificates of deposit through national out-of-market sources (outside Allen and surrounding counties). We generate these out-of-market deposits through negotiated transactions with brokers. Total deposits were $602.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $576.4 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $25.7 million, or 4.5%.  At December 31, 2009 total deposits were $568.4 million.

Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $169.8 million at December 31, 2011, a $76.9 million, or 82.8%, increase from $92.9 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, noninterest-bearing deposits were approximately 28.2% of total deposits, an increase from the 2010 level of 16.1%.  The increase in noninterest-bearing deposits is temporary and is based primarily on approximately $48 million of extremely short-term deposits from two customers and approximately $28 million from creating a holding place during the transfer of interest bearing accounts to a new product.  Per the agreement with our customer for the transition to the new accounts, it is stated that the funds would be placed in a noninterest-bearing account during the interim period of a few days, which happened to include the last day of the reporting year.  These funds will be moved to interest-bearing accounts in January 2012, but will not be withdrawn from the Bank.  We expect the $48 million of extremely short-term deposits to be withdrawn from the Bank during the first quarter of 2012.  This is not expected to cause liquidity issues, as the funds are currently being held in cash and cash equivalents.  Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $159.3 million in business checking accounts, $483,861 in public funds, and $10.0 million in consumer accounts.

Interest-bearing deposits decreased by $51.2 million, or 10.6%, during 2011 and ended at $432.3 million compared to $483.5 million at December 31, 2010.  As mentioned above, approximately $28 million of the decrease in this category was due to the transfer of funds to noninterest-bearing, so that a new product can be created internally to be able to offer our customers sweep accounts. These funds are expected to be returned to this category in January 2012.  Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2011 were comprised of approximately 32.4% in money market accounts, 31.8% in interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, and 35.8% in certificates of deposit. The December 31, 2011 percentages reflect a modest change in the deposit mix from 2010, when the percentages were 35.4%, 25.6%, and 39.0%, respectively.

Interest-bearing checking accounts reported a $13.7 million increase from 2010 primarily due to the increase in health savings accounts.  Health savings accounts continue to be a high growth, low cost product for us which is reflected by increases in balances of $14.4 million from 2009 to 2010 and $15.1 million from 2010 to 2011.  As of December 31, 2011, we had over 43,000 active health savings accounts and we expect to receive another large deposit of approximately $23 million in January 2012 into these accounts when our customers make their employer contributions.  Money market accounts reported a decline of $31.4 million, of which $28 million was due to the internal transfer of funds to noninterest-bearing at the end of December 2011.  The funds will not be moved back to money market accounts, but rather to an interest-bearing checking account.  Certificate of deposits less than $100,000 decreased $16.9 million and certificate of deposits greater than $100,000 decreased by $13.5 million.  Throughout 2011, we decreased our interest rates on several products to reduce our cost of funds, encourage the retention of “true” customers, and shift our mix from certificate of deposits to lower cost products.  Brokered deposits decreased by $2.9 million and were only purchased to replace other brokered deposits as they matured or were called in 2011.  The brokered deposit purchases over the last two years have been structured to take advantage of the favorable rate environment to lock in low rates for an extended period of time.  The average rate on our brokered CD purchases at December 31, 2011 was 2.67%.
 
 
42

 

We had no short-term borrowings at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010. We did have borrowings in the amount of $12.0 million in FHLB bullet advances at December 31, 2011 compared to $7.5 million in FHLB bullet advances at December 31, 2010.  The increase in FHLB borrowings during 2011 was primarily due to taking advantage of low rates as funding was needed.

We had $17.5 million of aggregate principal amount in junior subordinated debenture outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010. We currently have two statutory trust subsidiaries.  TCT2 effected a private placement of $8.0 million in Trust Preferred Securities on December 5, 2005.   TCT3 effected a private placement of $9.0 million on December 29, 2006. The proceeds were loaned to us in exchange for junior subordinated debentures with similar terms to the Trust Preferred Securities. These securities are considered Tier I capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines.

The junior subordinated debentures are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities at maturity or their earlier redemption at the par amount. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities issued by TCT2 is December 4, 2035. Subject to our having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities became redeemable prior to the maturity date as of December 5, 2010 and each year thereafter at our option.  At December 4, 2010, the interest rate on TCT2 moved to a floating rate of three month LIBOR plus 134 basis points, or 1.92% as of December 31, 2011, as we chose not redeem it at that point.  The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities issued by TCT3 is December 29, 2037. Subject to our having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities are redeemable prior to the maturity date beginning March 1, 2012 and each year thereafter at our option.  At March 1, 2012, the interest rate on TCT3 will move to a floating rate of three month LIBOR plus 169 basis points, unless we choose to redeem it at that point, which is not expected as of December 31, 2011.

In January 2008, at the request of our regulators, our Board of Directors adopted a resolution requiring that we seek written approval from the Federal Reserve prior to incurring any additional parent company debt, including the addition of Trust Preferred Securities and advances on any existing lines of credit.  In January 2010, our Board of Directors adopted a resolution that supersedes the one from January 2008 that states the Company will refrain from making interest payments of interest on existing Trust Preferred Securities without first obtaining written approval from the Federal Reserve Bank.  Per the debenture agreements, we have the ability to defer payment of the interest for twenty consecutive quarters.  During 2010, we sent the written notice each quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2010 to the Trustees of the Trust Preferred Securities stating that we elected to defer payment of the interest.  While no payments of interest were made in 2010 or 2011, we continued to accrue the payments for each quarter.  This is the primary reason for the increase in the accrued interest payable of $732,711 from 2010 to 2011.  The amount of interest accrued to bring this debt current at December 31, 2011 was $2.0 million.

In May 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 65,000 shares of outstanding common stock.  By December 31, 2008, all 65,000 approved shares were repurchased at an average price of $13.61.  Our Board also adopted a resolution requiring that we seek approval from the Federal Reserve prior to repurchasing any further shares in an amount exceeding $50,000, other than those shares covered by the May 2007 repurchase plan.  This resolution was also at the request of our regulators.

On September 25, 2009, we sold 18,300 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the net amount of $1.8 million. Each share was sold for $100 each and is convertible into Tower Financial Corporation common stock at a price per share of $6.02, which is a 30% premium on the common stock market price on the purchase date, September 25, 2009.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has no expiration date; however, Tower Financial Corporation has the right to call the shares on or after September 25, 2012 until September 24, 2013 at 110% of par, after September 25, 2013 until September 24, 2014 at 105% of par, and at par after September 25, 2014.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays quarterly dividends at a rate of Prime plus 2%, with a ceiling of 9.25%, per annum upon the approval of the Board of Directors.  During 2010, 10,550 preferred stock shares converted to 175,249 shares of common stock at a price of $6.02 per common stock share.  During 2011, 7,750 preferred stock shares converted to 128,738 shares of common stock at a price of $6.02 per common stock share.  No dividends were paid on preferred stock in 2010 or 2011.

On May 5, 2010, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, effective April 23, 2010 (the “Written Agreement”).  The Written Agreement does not contain any requirements to increase capital over and above the bank’s current “well-capitalized” status and does not impose any other capital ratio requirements.  Among other things, the Written Agreement requires that the Company will not pay dividends or redeem any preferred or common stock or other capital stock, or make interest payments on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve.   In 2010, we complied with the Written Agreement and made no dividends on common or preferred stock and we elected to defer our interest payments on our Trust Preferred Debt.
 
 
43

 

Stockholders’ equity was $62.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $53.1 million at December 31, 2010.  The increase of $9.0 million was mainly attributable to net income of $6.6 million posted in 2011.  Other items affecting stockholders’ equity was a $2.3 million increase in net unrealized appreciation on securities available for sale and derivative instruments, net of tax and stock compensation expense of $45,427. At December 31, 2011, we had a balance of $15.1 million in retained earnings while at December 31, 2010 the balance was $8.5 million, an increase of $6.6 million from 2010 due to net income posted in 2011. See “Results of Operations.”

ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Market Risk Analysis

Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, liquidity risk. All of the Company’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars with no specific foreign exchange exposure. The Company has no agricultural-related loan assets and therefore has no significant exposure to changes in commodity prices. Any impact that changes in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices would have on interest rates is assumed to be insignificant.

Interest rate risk is the exposure of our financial condition to adverse movements in interest rates. We derive our income primarily from the excess of interest collected on our interest-earning assets over the interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. The rates of interest we earn on our assets and owe on our liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Since market interest rates change over time, we are exposed to lower profitability if we cannot adapt to interest rate changes. Accepting interest rate risk can be an important source of profitability and stockholder value; however, excessive levels of interest rate risk could pose a significant threat to our earnings and capital base. Accordingly, effective risk management that maintains interest rate risk at prudent levels is essential to our safety and soundness.

Evaluating the exposure to changes in interest rates includes assessing both the adequacy of the process used to control interest rate risk and the quantitative level of exposure. Our interest rate risk management process seeks to ensure that appropriate policies, procedures, management information and internal controls are in place to maintain interest rate risk at prudent levels with consistency and continuity. In evaluating the quantitative level of interest rate risk, we assess the existing and potential future effects of changes in interest rates on our financial condition, including capital adequacy, earnings, liquidity and overall asset quality.
 
There are two interest rate risk measurement techniques that we may use. The first, which is commonly referred to as GAP analysis, measures the difference between the dollar amount of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities that will be refinanced or re-priced during a given time period. A significant re-pricing gap could result in a negative impact to our net interest margin during periods of changing market interest rates.

 
 
44

 

The following table describes our position as of December 31, 2011:
 
Rate Sensitivity Analysis
   
Within
   
Three to
   
One to
   
After
       
   
Three
   
Twelve
   
Five
   
Five
       
($ in thousands)
 
Months
   
Months
   
Years
   
Years
   
Total
 
Assets
                             
Federal funds sold, short-term investments and interest-earning deposits
  $ 6,969     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 6,969  
Securities available for sale
    8,509       22,727       37,290       60,094       128,620  
FHLBI and FRB stock
    -       -       -       3,808       3,808  
Loans held for sale
    4,930       -       -       -       4,930  
Fixed rate loans
    31,238       55,994       105,580       57,464       250,276  
Variable rate loans
    47,648       72,037       74,722       17,878       212,285  
Allowance for loan losses
    -       -       -       -       (9,408 )
Other assets
    -       -       -       -       103,201  
Total assets
  $ 99,294     $ 150,758     $ 217,592     $ 139,244     $ 700,681  
Liabilities
                                       
Interest-bearing checking
  $ 114,865     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 114,865  
Savings accounts
    22,398       -       -       -       22,398  
Money market accounts
    127,986       -       -       -       127,986  
Time deposits < $100,000
    8,574       22,638       6,065       1,296       38,573  
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    8,599       12,827       3,996       407       25,829  
Brokered deposit - money market
    12,032       -       -       -       12,032  
Brokered deposit - certificate of deposit
    11,476       18,128       19,502       41,490       90,596  
Short-term borrowings
    -       -       -       -       -  
FHLB advances
    2,000       5,000       5,000       -       12,000  
Junior subordinated debt
    17,527       -       -       -       17,527  
Noninterest-bearing checking
    169,758       -       -       -       169,758  
Other liabilities
    -       -       -       -       7,020  
Total liabilities
    495,215       58,593       34,563       43,193       638,584  
Stockholders' Equity
    -       -       -       -       62,097  
Total sources of funds
  $ 495,215     $ 58,593     $ 34,563     $ 43,193     $ 700,681  
Net asset (liability) GAP
  $ (395,921 )   $ 92,165     $ 183,029     $ 96,051          
Cumulative GAP
  $ (395,921 )   $ (303,756 )   $ (120,727 )   $ (24,676 )        
Percent of cumulative GAP to total assets
    -56.5 %     -43.4 %     -17.2 %     -3.5 %        
 
A second interest rate risk measurement used is commonly referred to as net interest income simulation analysis. A simulation model assesses the direction and magnitude of variations in net interest income resulting from potential changes in market interest rates. Key assumptions in the model include prepayment speeds on various loan and investment assets; cash flows and maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in market conditions impacting loan and deposit volume and pricing. These assumptions are inherently uncertain, subject to fluctuation and revision in a dynamic environment; therefore, a model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or exactly predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and our strategies, among other factors. As growth has dictated, we began utilizing simulation analysis as a tool for measuring the effects of interest rate risk on the income statement at the end of 2003.

In addition to changes in interest rates, the level of future net interest income is also dependent on a number of other variables, including the growth, composition and absolute levels of loans, deposits, and other earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; economic and competitive conditions; potential changes in lending, investing, and deposit gathering strategies; client preferences; and other factors.
 
 
45

 

The following table provides information about our financial instruments used for purposes other than trading that are rate sensitive to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2011. It does not provide when these items may actually re-price. For loans receivable, securities, and liabilities with contractual maturities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities as well as our historical experience of the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the prepayment of loans and mortgage backed securities. For core deposits (demand deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits) that have no contractual maturity, the table presents principal cash flows and, as applicable related weighted-average interest rates based upon our historical experience, and management’s judgment as applicable, concerning their most likely withdrawal behaviors. The current historical interest rates for core deposits have been assumed to apply for future periods in this table as the actual interest rates that will need to be paid to maintain these deposits are not currently known. Weighted average variable rates are based upon contractual rates existing at the report date.

       
($ in thousands)
                                           
Fair Value
 
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
2015
   
2016
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
12/31/2011
 
Rate sensitive assets:
                                               
Fixed interest rate loans
  $ 87,532     $ 45,827     $ 33,279     $ 26,175     $ 16,749     $ 40,714     $ 250,276     $ 255,528  
Average interest rate
    5.37 %     5.53 %     5.70 %     5.62 %     5.61 %     4.77 %     5.39 %        
Variable interest rate loans
    119,385       38,452       27,305       9,265       7,903       9,975       212,285       212,290  
Average interest rate
    4.58 %     4.08 %     4.21 %     4.17 %     4.89 %     3.74 %     4.39 %        
Fixed interest rate securities
    31,236       19,465       10,979       6,846       8,891       44,696       122,113       122,113  
Average interest rate
    3.99 %     3.95 %     3.98 %     3.92 %     3.62 %     3.40 %     3.72 %        
Variable interest rate securities
    -       -       -       -       -       6,507       6,507       6,507  
Average interest rate
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     3.71 %     3.71 %        
Other interest bearing assets
    6,969       -       -       -       -       -       6,969       6,969  
Average interest rate
    1.30 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.30 %        
                                                                 
Rate sensitive liabilities:
                                                               
Interest bearing checking
    24,688       19,344       15,165       11,895       9,336       34,437       114,865       114,865  
Average interest rate
    0.09 %     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.10 %     0.09 %        
Savings accounts
    6,002       4,383       3,204       2,345       1,717       4,747       22,398       22,398  
Average interest rate
    0.05 %     0.05 %     0.05 %     0.05 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.05 %        
Money market accounts
    36,147       25,748       18,419       13,221       9,517       24,934       127,986       127,986  
Average interest rate
    0.32 %     0.32 %     0.33 %     0.34 %     0.34 %     0.35 %     0.33 %        
Time deposits
    52,639       6,829       2,107       1,125       1,698       4       64,402       64,684  
Average interest rate
    1.31 %     1.13 %     1.41 %     1.46 %     1.27 %     5.16 %     1.31 %        
Brokered Deposits - Money Markets
    12,032       -       -       -       -       -       12,032       12,032  
Average interest rate
    0.40 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %        
Brokered Deposits - Certificate of Deposits
    29,604       7,218       3,021       9,263       15,177       26,313       90,596       94,002  
Average interest rate
    2.07 %     2.41 %     2.25 %     2.42 %     2.56 %     2.98 %     2.49 %        
Fixed interest rate borrowings
    7,000       5,000       -       -       -       9,279       21,279       14,405  
Average interest rate
    1.24 %     1.82 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     7.62 %     4.16 %        
Variable interest rate borrowings
    -       -       -       -       -       8,248       8,248       2,062  
Average interest rate
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.87 %     1.87 %        
 
 
46

 
 
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Tower Financial Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets
At December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
  
 
2011
   
2010
 
ASSETS
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 60,753,268     $ 24,717,935  
Short-term investments and interest-earning deposits
    3,260,509       3,313,006  
Federal funds sold
    3,258,245       1,648,441  
Total cash and cash equivalents
    67,272,022       29,679,382  
                 
Long-term interest-earning deposits
    450,000       996,000  
Securities available for sale, at fair value
    128,619,951       110,108,656  
FHLB and FRB stock
    3,807,700       4,075,100  
Loans held for sale
    4,930,368       2,140,872  
                 
Loans
    462,561,174       486,914,115  
Allowance for loan losses
    (9,408,013 )     (12,489,400 )
Net loans
    453,153,161       474,424,715  
      -       -  
Premises and equipment, net
    9,062,817       8,329,718  
Accrued interest receivable
    2,675,870       2,391,953  
Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)
    17,084,858       13,516,789  
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)
    3,129,231       4,284,263  
Prepaid FDIC Insurance
    1,551,133       2,864,527  
Other assets
    8,944,145       7,116,280  
                 
Total assets
  $ 700,681,256     $ 659,928,255  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
LIABILITIES
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 169,757,998     $ 92,872,957  
Interest-bearing
    432,278,838       483,483,179  
Total deposits
    602,036,836       576,356,136  
      -       -  
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances
    12,000,000       7,500,000  
Junior subordinated debt
    17,527,000       17,527,000  
Accrued interest payable
    2,148,424       1,415,713  
Other liabilities
    4,871,924       4,000,654  
Total liabilities
    638,584,184       606,799,503  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Preferred stock, no par value, 4,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares   and 7,750 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and   2010, respectively
    -       757,213  
Common stock and paid-in-capital, no par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized;  4,918,136 and 4,789,023 issued; and  4,853,136and 4,724,023 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011and December 31, 2010, respectively
    44,542,795       43,740,155  
Treasury stock, at cost, 65,000 shares at December 31, 2011and December 31, 2010, respectively
    (884,376 )     (884,376 )
Retained earnings
    15,070,115       8,450,579  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,735,307 in 2011 and $548,730 in 2010
    3,368,538       1,065,181  
Total stockholders' equity
    62,097,072       53,128,752  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 700,681,256     $ 659,928,255  
 
The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
 
47

 
 
Tower Financial Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Interest income:
                 
Loans, including fees
  $ 24,828,298     $ 26,847,111     $ 28,035,871  
Securities - taxable
    2,295,838       2,502,200       3,066,247  
Securities - tax exempt
    1,730,535       1,071,876       951,942  
Other interest income
    39,041       31,334       13,363  
Total interest income
    28,893,712       30,452,521       32,067,423  
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    5,090,715       6,566,581       10,315,149  
Short-term borrowings
    638       138       1,656  
FHLB advances
    230,713       465,756       801,803  
Junior subordinated debt
    816,852       1,158,956       1,128,017  
Total interest expense
    6,138,918       8,191,431       12,246,625  
Net interest income
    22,754,794       22,261,090       19,820,798  
Provision for loan losses
    4,220,000       4,745,000       10,735,000  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    18,534,794       17,516,090       9,085,798  
Noninterest income:
                       
Trust and brokerage fees
    3,553,965       3,604,907       3,373,635  
Service charges
    1,092,260       1,125,707       1,121,446  
Mortgage banking income
    1,026,711       720,615       685,632  
Net gain on sale of securities
    776,753       1,109,743       264,112  
Net debit card interchange income
    612,143       400,648       297,013  
Earnings from BOLI
    568,070       470,216       456,874  
Other-than-temporary loss:
                       
Total impairment loss
    (149,045 )     (158,303 )     (274,503 )
Loss recognized in other comprehensive income
    -       -       (476,267 )
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings
    (149,045 )     (158,303 )     (750,770 )
Other income
    670,294       540,571       639,890  
Total noninterest income
    8,151,151       7,814,104       6,087,832  
Noninterest expense:
                       
Salaries and benefits
    11,185,034       9,578,932       10,947,014  
Occupancy and equipment
    2,494,913       2,533,688       2,905,929  
Marketing
    431,833       423,443       451,862  
Data processing
    1,335,034       1,128,096       1,172,625  
Loan and professional costs
    1,612,321       1,629,582       1,649,511  
Office supplies and postage
    228,281       245,938       348,230  
Courier services
    224,987       221,756       236,928  
Business development
    464,807       406,775       456,483  
Communications Expense
    192,520       186,164       181,393  
FDIC Insurance Premiums
    1,367,622       2,059,524       1,681,862  
OREO, net
    1,057,503       1,703,791       1,724,626  
Other expense
    1,023,585       1,125,007       1,241,141  
Total noninterest expense
    21,618,440       21,242,696       22,997,604  
Income/(loss) before income taxes
    5,067,505       4,087,498       (7,823,974 )
Income tax expense/(benefit)
    (1,552,031 )     923,727       (2,216,637 )
Net income/(loss)
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,607,337 )
Less: Preferred Stock Dividends
    -       -       1,579  
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,608,916 )
 
The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
 
48

 
 
Tower Financial Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Net income (loss):
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,607,337 )
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax:
                       
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available for sale securities
    2,303,357       (46,227 )     760,342  
Unrealized gain (loss) on held to maturity securities transferred to available for sale
    -       201,379       -  
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge
    -       -       309,637  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 8,922,893     $ 3,318,923     $ (4,537,358 )
                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 1.37     $ 0.73     $ (1.37 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 1.36     $ 0.69     $ (1.37 )
Average common shares outstanding
    4,824,514       4,334,084       4,090,416  
Average common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding
    4,853,015       4,558,918       4,090,416  
 
The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
 
49

 
 
Tower Financial Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
 
         
Common
         
Accumulated
             
         
Stock and
         
Other
             
   
Preferred
   
Paid-in
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury
       
   
Stock
   
Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Stock
   
Total
 
                                     
Balance, January 1, 2009
  $ -     $ 39,766,742     $ 10,895,724     $ (159,950 )   $ (884,376 )   $ 49,618,140  
                                                 
Net income (loss) for 2009
                    (5,607,337 )                     (5,607,337 )
                                                 
Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax (See Note 19)
                            1,069,979               1,069,979  
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                                            (4,537,358 )
                                                 
Stock based compensation expense
            68,906                               68,906  
                                                 
Issuance of 18,300 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Net)
    1,788,000                                       1,788,000  
                                                 
Issuance of 6,000 shares of restricted stock
      -                               -  
                                                 
Preferred stock dividends
                    (1,579 )                     (1,579 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 1,788,000     $ 39,835,648     $ 5,286,808     $ 910,029     $ (884,376 )   $ 46,936,109  
                                                 
Net income for 2010
                    3,163,771                       3,163,771  
                                                 
Other Comprehensive Income, net  of tax (See Note 19)
                            155,152               155,152  
Total Comprehensive Income
                                            3,318,923  
                                                 
Issuance of 458,342 common shares, net of offering expenses of $78,912
            2,826,810                               2,826,810  
                                                 
Conversion of 10,550 preferred shares into 175,249 common shares
    (1,030,787 )     1,030,787                               -  
                                                 
Stock based compensation expense
            46,910                               46,910  
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 757,213     $ 43,740,155     $ 8,450,579     $ 1,065,181     $ (884,376 )   $ 53,128,752  
                                                 
Net income for 2011
                    6,619,536                       6,619,536  
                                                 
Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax (See Note 19)
                            2,303,357               2,303,357  
Total Comprehensive Income
                                            8,922,893  
                                                 
Conversion of 7,750 preferred shares into 128,738 common shares
    (757,213 )     757,213                               -  
                                                 
Issuance of 1,000 shares of restricted stock
            -                               -  
                                                 
Forfeiture of 625 shares of restricted stock
            -                               -  
                                                 
Stock based compensation expense
            45,427                               45,427  
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2011
  $ -     $ 44,542,795     $ 15,070,115     $ 3,368,538     $ (884,376 )   $ 62,097,072  

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
 
50

 
 
Tower Financial Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

  
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net income/(loss)
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,607,337 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss)    to net cash from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    1,842,943       1,655,025       1,287,785  
Provision for loan losses
    4,220,000       4,745,000       10,735,000  
Stock based compensation expense
    45,427       46,910       68,906  
Earnings on BOLI
    (568,070 )     (470,216 )     (456,874 )
(Gain)Loss on sale of available for sale (HTM) securities
    -       (888,059 )     -  
(Gain)Loss on sale of available for sale (AFS) securities
    (776,753 )     (221,684 )     (264,112 )
(Gain)Loss on sale of premises and equipment
    3,772       678       2,605  
(Gain)Loss on sale of loans
    (956,641 )     (628,950 )     (606,477 )
Loans originated for sale
    (39,424,361 )     (37,255,823 )     (34,528,476 )
Impairment on available for sale securities
    149,045       158,303       750,770  
Gain on settlement of interest rate floor
    -       -       (364,766 )
(Gain)Loss on Sale of OREO
    79,903       54,790       287,622  
Write-downs of OREO
    733,045       1,362,441       1,131,067  
Proceeds from the sale of loan held for sale
    43,591,506       39,585,990       31,444,478  
Change in accrued interest receivable
    (283,917 )     47,906       175,401  
Change in other assets
    (1,701,050 )     3,798,823       (7,603,432 )
Change in accrued interest payable
    732,711       934,828       (178,071 )
Change in other liabilities
    871,270       365,941       291,800  
Net cash from operating activities
    15,178,366       16,455,674       (3,434,111 )
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Net change in long-term interest bearing deposits
    546,000       (996,000 )     -  
Net change in loans
    4,516,118       31,547,695       19,323,776  
Purchase of securities AFS
    (55,317,753 )     (53,141,782 )     (32,296,763 )
Purchase of securities HTM
    -       (1,721,320 )     (4,899,228 )
Purchase of FHLB and FRB stock
    -       (75,000 )     (218,354 )
Sale or redemption of FHLB and FRB stock
    267,400       250,700       -  
Purchase of life insurance
    (3,000,000 )     -       -  
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of securities AFS
    26,296,331       24,724,045       16,745,343  
Proceeds from maturities of securities HTM
    -       802,365       403,251  
Proceeds from sale of securities AFS
    13,469,065       8,327,894       9,483,978  
Proceeds from sale of securities HTM
    -       900,784       -  
Purchase of premises, equipment, and leasehold improvements
    (1,421,108 )     (1,112,834 )     (1,111,542 )
Proceeds on Sale of OREO
    2,750,820       3,950,257       1,161,928  
Proceeds from sale of impaired loans
    4,126,701       -       -  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (7,766,426 )     13,456,804       8,592,389  
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net change in deposits
    25,680,700       7,975,785       (17,856,763 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
    -       -       1,788,000  
Gross proceeds from issuance of common stock
    -       2,826,810       -  
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
    -       -       (1,579 )
Proceeds from long-term FHLB advances
    8,000,000       -       -  
Repayment of long-term FHLB advances
    (3,500,000 )     (8,700,000 )     (9,000,000 )
Repayment of short-term FHLB advances
    -       (27,000,000 )     13,000,000  
Net cash from financing activities
    30,180,700       (24,897,405 )     (12,070,342 )
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    37,592,640       5,015,073       (6,912,064 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
  $ 29,679,382     $ 24,664,309     $ 31,576,373  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 67,272,022     $ 29,679,382     $ 24,664,309  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid (refunded) during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 5,406,207     $ 7,256,603     $ 12,424,696  
Income taxes
    820,000       (1,140,502 )     1,265,000  
Non-cash Items:
                       
Transfer of loans to Other Real Estate Owned
    2,408,735       5,017,662       4,562,948  
Transfer of securities from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale
    -       5,470,254       -  
Transfer of loans to Loans Held for Sale
    3,000,000       -       -  

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
 
51

 
 
Tower Financial Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 -     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations, Industry Segments, and Concentrations of Credit Risk: Tower Financial Corporation was incorporated on July 8, 1998. Our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust Company (the "Bank" or “Tower Bank”), commenced operations on February 19, 1999. Until September 30, 2011, the Bank had a wholly-owned investment subsidiary, Tower Capital Investments, that began operations on July 1, 2006.  Tower Capital Investments owned a real estate investment trust (REIT), Tower Funding Corporation, that also began operations on July 1, 2006.  Tower Capital Investments and the REIT were formed to provide additional flexibility for capital generation and tax effectiveness.  Both Tower Capital Investments, Inc. and Tower Funding Corporation were liquidated and dissolved on September 30, 2011.  The Bank contributed mortgage-backed real estate loans to the REIT upon formation.  The Bank has a direct wholly owned trust company subsidiary, Tower Trust Company (the “Trust Company”), that is an Indiana Corporation formed on January 1, 2006 and was previously owned by the bank holding company until December 1, 2009.  The Trust provides wealth management services and was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company until December 1, 2009 when it was sold to the Bank.  The reason for the Bank purchasing the Trust Company from the Holding Company was two-fold.  First, we changed our strategic plan which enabled us to turn the Trust Company’s focus to be within the Bank’s service area as new opportunities in the local market have presented themselves over the last year.  Second, the sale injected approximately $2.9 million of additional capital into the Bank in response to the market’s industry-wide demand for increasing capital.  Our wholly-owned, statutory trust subsidiaries, Tower Capital Trust 2 (“TCT2”) and Tower Capital Trust 3 (“TCT3”) were formed on December 5, 2005 and December 29, 2006, respectively, for the single purpose of raising Federal Reserve approved capital through the issuance of securities known as trust preferred securities.

While our management monitors the revenue streams of all of our various products and services and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis, we aggregate our operations into three reportable segments (see Note 20). We accept deposits and grant commercial, real estate, and installment loans to customers primarily in northeastern Indiana. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Real estate loans are secured by both residential and commercial real estate. At December 31, 2011, commercial and commercial real estate loans totaled approximately 71.9% of total loans, residential real estate loans totaled approximately 17.7% and home equity and consumer loans totaled approximately 10.4%. Categories by industry of commercial and commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2011 exceeding 30% of quarter-end stockholders’ equity are as follows: building, development and general contracting - $37.3 million, or 8.1%, of total loans; wholesale and retail trade - $47.6 million, or 10.3%, of total loans; real estate (including owner-occupied and investment) - $81.8 million, or 17.7%, of total loans; health care and social assistance - $45.6 million, or 9.9%, of total loans; manufacturing - $40.7 million, or 8.8%, of total loans; and accommodation and food services - $25.3 million, or 5.5%, of total loans. Other financial instruments that potentially represent concentrations of credit risk include deposit accounts in other financial institutions and federal funds sold.

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tower Financial Corporation, Tower Bank, and Tower Trust (which effective December 1, 2009 became a subsidiary of Tower Bank).

Concentration of Credit Risk:  Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within Allen County, Indiana.  Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in the Allen County area.  Approximately 46.3% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 consisted of general commercial and industrial loans primarily secured by inventory, receivables, and equipment, while 25.6% of the loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans primarily secured by real estate. The largest concentrations of credit within the commercial and commercial real estate category are represented by owner-occupied and investment real estate at $142.9 million, or 30.9%, of total loans, and commercial loans not associated with real estate at $119.1 million, or 25.8%, of total loans. While the general portfolio mix has remained about the same, the main direction the Bank has taken was to put more resources into the commercial versus the commercial real estate product.

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided; future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, impaired loan disclosures, deferred tax assets, and the fair values of securities and other financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

 
52

 
 
Cash Flow Reporting: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits with other financial institutions, short-term investments with original maturities of less than 90 days and federal funds sold. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions and interest-earning deposits.

Securities: Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity.  Securities available for sale consist of those securities which might be sold prior to maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment risks, yield, availability of alternative investments, liquidity needs and other factors. Securities classified as available for sale are reported at their fair value and the related unrealized holding gain or loss is reported as other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. Other securities, such as Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock, are carried at cost. Premiums and discounts on securities are recognized as interest income using the interest method over the estimated life of the security. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are determined based upon amortized cost of the specific security sold.  Declines in fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) whether the Company has the intent to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell before its anticipated recovery.  If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings.  For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.  The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Loans: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs and an allowance for loan losses. Loans held for sale are reported at fair value, on an aggregate basis.  Loans held for sale are sold with servicing released.  Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Interest income is not reported when full loan repayment is in doubt, typically when the loan is impaired or payments are past due over 90 days (180 days for residential mortgages). In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.  The recorded investment in loans includes accrued interest and deferred fees, less nonaccrual interest paid, and deferred costs.  Unpaid principal includes the remaining principal balance, net of any charge-offs and recoveries.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses: Our allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Additions to the allowance may result from recording provision for loan losses and recoveries, while charge-offs are deducted from the allowance. Allocation of the allowance is made for analytical purposes only, and the entire allowance is available to absorb probable and estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The determination of the level of allowance and, correspondingly, the provision for loan losses, rests upon estimates and assumptions, including past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed.
 
We have an established process for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that relies on various procedures and pieces of information to arrive at a range of probable outcomes. First, management allocates specific portions of the allowance for loan losses to identified problem loans. Problem loans, including commercial, commercial real estate and jumbo mortgage loans, are identified through a loan risk rating system and monitored through watch list reporting. The determination of impairment for each identified credit is based on delinquency rates, collateral and other risk factors identified for that credit. The amount of impairment, or specific reserve, is calculated by using the present value of expected cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell as required by ASC 310-10.  Second, management’s evaluation of the allowance for different loan groups is based on consideration of actual loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of borrowers, industry concentrations within the loan portfolio and general economic conditions, and absent the ability of some of those factors, as well as peer industry data of comparable banks.  The risk characteristics of each of the identified portfolio segments are as follows:

 
53

 
 
Commercial - Our lending activities focus primarily on providing small- and medium-sized businesses in our market area with commercial loans. These loans are both secured and unsecured and are made available for general operating purposes, including acquisition of fixed assets such as real estate, equipment and machinery, and lines of credit collateralized by inventory and accounts receivable. Borrowers may be subject to industry conditions including decreases in product demand; increasing material or other production costs that cannot be immediately recaptured in the sales or distribution cycle; interest rate increases that could have an adverse impact on profitability; non-payment of credit that has been extended under normal vendor terms for goods sold or services extended; and interruption related to the importing or exporting of production materials or sold products.

Commercial Real Estate - Our lending activities involve more risk than residential lending because loan balances are typically greater and repayment is dependent not only upon general economic conditions and the continuing merits of the particular real estate project securing the loan, but also, and importantly, upon the underlying value of the collateral and the borrower’s financial health and liquidity.  These types of loans are subject to various adverse market conditions that cause a decrease in market value or lease rates; the potential for environmental impairment from events occurring on subject or neighboring properties; and obsolescence in location or function.

Residential Real Estate - We provide fixed rate, long-term residential mortgage loans and floating, short-term construction loans to our customers. Our general policy, which is subject to periodic review by management, is to sell the majority of loans originated on the secondary market.  We retain only those loans where we have ongoing, multi-faceted customer relationships or to keep our portfolio at benchmark levels and support our commitment to our customers and community.  These types of loans are subject to adverse employment conditions in the local economy leading to increased default rate; decreased market values from oversupply in a geographic area; and impact to borrowers’ ability to maintain payments in the event of incremental rate increases on adjustable rate mortgages.

Home Equity Loans - We make personal loans and lines of credit available to consumers for various purposes, such as the purchase of automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles, and to make home improvements and personal investments. The majority of our personal loans are home equity loans secured by a second lien on real estate.  These types of loans are subject to adverse employment conditions in the local economy leading to increased default rate; decreased market values from oversupply in a geographic area; and impact to borrowers’ ability to maintain payments in the event of incremental rate increases on adjustable rate mortgages.

Consumer - These loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans and usually involve more credit risk than mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral. Consumer lending collections are dependent on a borrower’s continuing financial stability and are thus likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness and personal bankruptcy.  In many cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of depreciation of the underlying collateral.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.   Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not identified for impairment disclosures. Troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception or at the fair value of the underlying collateral.  Commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment. When analysis of a borrower's operating results and financial condition indicates that underlying cash flows of the borrower's business are not adequate to meet its debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing interest rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.
 
 
54

 
 
Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value, less cost to sell, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation reduction is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.  Foreclosed assets totaled $3.1 million and $4.3 million, at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using both the straight-line method and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the buildings, 39 years; site improvements, 15 years; furniture and equipment, 5 to 8 years; and software and computer equipment, 3 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term.  Maintenance, repairs, and minor alterations are charged to current operations as expenditures occur and major improvements are capitalized. These assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Bank Owned Life Insurance:  The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain officers.  Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.   Bank owned life insurance totaled $17.1 million and $13.5 million, at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives:  Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives.  Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked.  The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans.  Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans.

Benefit Plans: Bonus and 401(k) plan expense is the amount contributed determined by formula. Deferred compensation plan expense and supplemental employee retirement plan expense is allocated over years of service and any related vesting periods.

Stock Based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the sum of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax consequences of the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination.  For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded.  If required, we would recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the state of Indiana.  We are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2007.  We do not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next 12 months.

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financial needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business or the value of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

 
55

 
 
Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to Tower Financial Corporation or by us to our stockholders.  While both Tower Financial and Tower Bank currently have adequate capital to qualify as ‘well-capitalized,’ the Board of Directors passed a resolution in January of 2008, at the request of our regulators, requiring written approval be received from the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”) before declaring or paying any corporate dividends.  The resolution was passed in recognition of the losses recorded in 2007 by Tower Bank, which reduced the overall capital levels of Tower Financial.  We obtained permission in January of 2008 from the Federal Reserve Bank and we declared and paid a quarterly dividend of $0.044 in the first quarter of 2008.  In the second quarter of 2008, we elected to forego the declaration of dividends on our common stock indefinitely. The decision was based on the desire to retain capital and hedge against challenging economic and banking industry conditions as well as to maintain Tower Bank’s current “well capitalized” status within the Federal Reserve System.  In September of 2009, we sold 18,300 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $1.8 million.  The preferred stock paid quarterly dividends upon board approval at a rate of 5.25%.  Preferred stock dividends of $1,579 were paid in 2009 and no common stock dividends were paid in 2009.  No common or preferred stock dividends were paid in 2010. Per the Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve and Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (“IDFI”) filed publicly in our Current Report on Form 8-K on May 5, 2010 and discussed in more detail in Note 16 Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings, we are not to pay dividends on or redeem any of common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve.  In response to these requirements, no preferred stock dividends, common stock dividends or Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 and 2011.

Earnings Per Common Share: Basic earnings per common share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Restricted stock awards are considered participating securities for this calculation as those awards contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends.  Diluted earnings per common share includes the dilutive impact of any additional potential common shares issuable under stock options, as well as dilutive effects of stock awards and convertible preferred shares.

Comprehensive Income (Loss): Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes the net change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustments and tax, which is also recognized as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of $1.3 million and $949,000 was sufficient to meet the regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These balances do not earn interest.

Reclassifications: Certain items from the prior period financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Note 2 –    New Accounting Standards

Adoption of New Accounting Standards:  In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring, updated to amend previous guidance with respect to troubled debt restructurings. This updated guidance is designed to assist creditors with determining whether or not a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. In particular, additional guidance has been added to help creditors determine whether a concession has been granted and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Both of these conditions are required to be met for a restructuring to constitute a troubled debt restructuring. The amendments in the update are effective for the first interim period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The provisions of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Recently Issued Not Yet Effective Accounting Pronouncements:  In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.  The amendments in this ASU generally represent clarifications of Topic 820, but also include some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed.  This ASU results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.  The amendments in this ASU are to be applied prospectively.  For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011.  Early application by public entities is not permitted.  The amendments of this update are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
 
56

 
 
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Amendments to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income.  This ASU eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.  The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income.  The amendments of this ASU should be applied retrospectively.  For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.  Early adoption is permitted because compliance with the amendments is already permitted.  The amendments do not require any transition disclosures.
 
 
57

 
 
Note 3 -     Securities

The fair value and amortized cost of securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

   
2011
 
   
Amortized
   
Gross Unrealized
   
Gross Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
                         
Available for sale securities:
                       
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 612,799     $ 3,293     $ -     $ 616,092  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    53,491,223       3,240,766       (1,504 )     56,730,485  
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
    2,642,204       101,563       -       2,743,767  
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    61,361,891       1,794,102       (304,703 )     62,851,290  
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    5,407,989       272,160       (1,832 )     5,678,317  
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       -       -       -  
Total Securities
  $ 123,516,106     $ 5,411,884     $ (308,039 )   $ 128,619,951  

   
2010
 
   
Amortized
   
Gross Unrealized
   
Gross Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
                         
Available for sale securities:
                       
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 4,112,957     $ 59,710     $ -     $ 4,172,667  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    38,909,558       454,236       (567,080 )     38,796,714  
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
    6,942,791       91,976       (72,079 )     6,962,688  
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    53,960,788       1,854,148       (325,966 )     55,488,970  
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    4,458,652       224,365       -       4,683,017  
Collateralized debt obligations
    110,000       -       (105,400 )     4,600  
Total Securities
  $ 108,494,746     $ 2,684,435     $ (1,070,525 )   $ 110,108,656  

The other-than-temporary-impairment recognized in accumulated comprehensive income was $160,784 and $274,865 for securities available for sale for December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

The proceeds from sales of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Proceeds from available for sale securities
  $ 13,469,065     $ 8,327,894     $ 9,483,978  
Proceeds from held to maturity securities
    -       900,784       -  
Gross Gains
    776,963       1,122,669       264,112  
Gross Losses
    -       (12,926 )     -  

The tax benefit (provision) related to these net gains and losses was $264,167, $377,313, and $89,798 for December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

During 2010, we did some due diligence on the value of certain held to maturity securities owned by the Holding Company as alternative investments with a cost basis of approximately $25,000 and a par value of $4.9 million.  We received a quote of $900,784 for the fair value, which created a gain on sale of $888,059. While we had no intention of selling these investments prior to their scheduled maturity, we decided that it was to the Company’s benefit to liquidate these investments.  Per our written agreement with the regulators, the Holding Company is to provide additional financial resources to the banking subsidiary when needed.  By selling these securities, approximately $900,000 of liquidity and $890,000 of capital was generated at the Holding Company.  After the sale, we transferred the remaining portfolio of all held to maturity securities with an amortized cost of $5.5 million categorized as held to maturity to available for sale at the Holding Company and all of its subsidiaries.  As of the date of transfer, these securities had a fair value of $5.7 million, unrealized gains of $305,119, and had increased other comprehensive income by $201,379.
 
 
58

 
 
The fair values and amortized costs of debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Securities not due at a single date, primarily mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.
 
   
12/31/2011
 
   
Weighted
             
   
Average
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Yield
   
Cost
   
Value
 
Available for sale securities:
                 
Agencies:
                 
Due after five to ten years
    1.65 %   $ 612,799     $ 616,092  
Total Agencies
    1.65 %   $ 612,799     $ 616,092  
                         
Mortgage-backed securities:
                       
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    3.40 %   $ 61,361,891     $ 62,851,290  
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    4.13 %     5,407,989       5,678,317  
      3.46 %   $ 66,769,880     $ 68,529,607  
                         
Obligations of state and political subdivisions:
                       
Due in one year or less
    5.49 %   $ 225,131     $ 227,423  
Due after one to five years
    5.35 %     3,341,459       3,434,731  
Due after five to ten years
    5.58 %     14,648,561       15,739,595  
Due after ten years
    5.34 %     35,276,072       37,328,736  
Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    5.40 %   $ 53,491,223     $ 56,730,485  
                         
Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions:
                       
Due after one to five years
    2.24 %     600,463       606,407  
Due after ten years
    4.84 %     2,041,741       2,137,360  
Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    4.26 %   $ 2,642,204     $ 2,743,767  
                         
Collateralized debt obligations
                       
Due after ten years
    0.00 %   $ -     $ -  

   
12/31/2010
 
   
Weighted
             
   
Average
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Yield
   
Cost
   
Value
 
Available for sale securities:
                 
Agencies:
                 
Due in one year or less
    3.25 %   $ 700,000     $ 703,997  
Due after one to five years
    2.16 %     799,138       822,336  
Due after five to ten years
    2.58 %     2,613,819       2,646,334  
Total Agencies
    2.61 %   $ 4,112,957     $ 4,172,667  
                         
Mortgage-backed securities:
                       
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    3.86 %   $ 53,960,788     $ 55,488,970  
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    4.22 %     4,458,652       4,683,017  
      3.89 %   $ 58,419,440     $ 60,171,987  
                         
Obligations of state and political subdivisions:
                       
Due in one year or less
    4.99 %   $ 260,457     $ 262,621  
Due after one to five years
    5.86 %     2,289,943       2,370,699  
Due after five to ten years
    5.46 %     10,385,277       10,542,034  
Due after ten years
    5.81 %     25,973,881       25,621,360  
Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    5.72 %   $ 38,909,558     $ 38,796,714  
                         
Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions:
                       
Due after one to five years
    3.60 %     878,445       899,888  
Due after five to ten years
    4.70 %     3,291,641       3,278,373  
Due after ten years
    5.43 %     2,772,705       2,784,427  
Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    4.86 %   $ 6,942,791     $ 6,962,688  
                         
Collateralized debt obligations
                       
Due after ten years
    1.15 %   $ 110,000     $ 4,600  
 
 
59

 
 
Securities with a carrying value of $20.8 million and $1.1 million were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.   Securities with a carrying value of $1.8 million and $4.2 million were pledged to the Federal Reserve to secure potential borrowings at the Discount Window at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.  Securities with a carrying value of $23.3 million and $17.8 million were pledged at correspondent banks, including Wells Fargo, First Tennessee, First Merchants, Pacific Coast Bankers Bank, and Zions Bank, to secure federal funds lines of credit at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders' equity.

Securities with unrealized losses at year end 2011 not recognized in income are as follows:

   
Continuing Unrealized
   
Continuing Unrealized
       
   
Losses for
   
Losses for
       
   
Less than 12 months
   
More than 12 months
   
Total
 
   
Fair Value
   
 
Gross Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Gross Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Gross Unrealized
Losses
 
                                     
Available for sale securities:
                                   
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    -       -       253,983       (1,504 )     253,983       (1,504 )
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    13,167,811       (133,590 )     1,052,460       (171,113 )     14,220,271       (304,703 )
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    1,052,560       (1,832 )     -       -       1,052,560       (1,832 )
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total available for sale securities
  $ 14,220,371     $ (135,422 )   $ 1,306,443     $ (172,617 )   $ 15,526,814     $ (308,039 )
 
Securities with unrealized losses at year end 2010 not recognized in income are as follows:
 
   
Continuing Unrealized
   
Continuing Unrealized
       
   
Losses for
   
Losses for
       
   
Less than 12 months
   
More than 12 months
   
Total
 
                                     
   
Fair Value
   
Gross Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Gross Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Gross Unrealized
Losses
 
                                     
Available for sale securities:
                                   
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    14,320,621       (516,477 )     1,427,946       (50,603 )     15,748,567       (567,080 )
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
    1,713,043       (72,079 )     -       -       1,713,043       (72,079 )
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    5,772,263       (156,769 )     416,929       (169,197 )     6,189,192       (325,966 )
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       -       4,600       (105,400 )     4,600       (105,400 )
Total available for sale securities
  $ 21,805,927     $ (745,325 )   $ 1,849,475     $ (325,200 )   $ 23,655,402     $ (1,070,525 )
 
Unrealized losses on most mortgage-backed securities and state and municipality bonds have not been recognized into income because most of the issuers’ bonds are of high credit quality and management does not intend to sell and it is likely that management will not be required to sell the securities prior to their anticipated recovery; however, see discussion on mortgage-backed securities that are not of investment grade in the mortgage-backed securities section.  Of the bonds that are deemed to not be other-than-temporarily-impaired, the fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity.

We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.  The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI forecast assumptions. Investment securities classified as available for sale are generally evaluated for OTTI in accordance with accounting standards on how to account for certain investments in debt and equity securities. However, certain purchased beneficial interests, including asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in FASB ASC 325-40-55, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to be Held by a Transfer in Securitized Financial Assets.
 
 
60

 
 
In determining OTTI, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

The second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. The Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

When other-than-temporary impairment occurs under either model, the amount of the other-than-temporary-impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the other-than-temporary impairment shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the other-than-temporary impairment shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors shall be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

As of December 31, 2011, Tower Financial Corporation’s security portfolio consisted of 231 securities, 17 of which were in an unrealized loss position. As of December 31, 2010, our security portfolio consisted of 214 securities, 44 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations, as discussed below:

Mortgage-backed Securities
At December 31, 2011, approximately 78% of the mortgage-backed securities we held were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these mortgage-backed securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, we held $15.0 million of non-agency backed CMO investments. These investments were purchased as loan alternatives. These bonds make up less than 20% of Tier 1 capital.  The Company continues to monitor these securities and obtain current market prices at least on a quarterly basis.  Based on this review, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

Trust Preferred Securities: The Company owns a $1 million original investment in PreTSL XXV out of a pooled $877.4 million investment at the time of purchase.  This is the Company’s only pooled trust preferred security and it was classified as a collateralized debt obligation.  At March 31, 2011, the Company took an additional OTTI charge to write-off the remaining investment.  At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the investment was $4,600 and the amortized cost was $110,000.  The investment was rated C by Moody’s and C by Fitch at December 31, 2011 and was rated Ca by Moody’s and C by Fitch at December 31, 2010.
 
The investment is divided into seven tranches.  Tower’s investment is in the fifth tranche (C-1), meaning the cash flows on the investment are subordinated to the higher placed tranches. There are sixty-eight (68) issuing participants in PreTSL XXV.  Fifty-eight (58) of the issuers are banks or bank holding companies, with the remaining issuers being insurance companies.  As of December 31, 2011, the amount of deferrals and defaults was $299.1 million, or 34% of the total pool.  Of the total $877.4 million of original collateral, $578.3 million is currently paying interest.
 
 
61

 
 
The Company used the OTTI evaluation model to analyze the present value of expected cash flows.  The OTTI model considered the structure and term of the collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. We evaluated the credit quality of each underlying issuer in the pool and applied a risk rating for each issuer and then put this risk rating into a relevant risk model to identify immediate default risk.  Upon completion of the analysis at March 31, 2011, our model indicated that the security was 100% other-than-temporarily-impaired. An OTTI charge was recorded in the first quarter of 2011 in the amount of $110,000, which resulted in an ending book value of $0.  This security cannot experience any additional OTTI charges.

Private Label Collateralized Mortgage Obligation:  The Company owns a Private Label Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) with an original investment of $1.0 million, which is classified as a residential mortgage-backed security.  At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the investment was $331,464 and the amortized cost was $492,248.  The investment was rated Caa2 by Moody’s and CCC by S&P.  At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the investment was $416,929 and the amortized cost was $586,125.

This bond is classified as a “super senior” tranche because its cash flow is not subordinated to any other tranche in the deal and is classified as a mortgage-backed security (residential).  We used the Intex database to evaluate and model each individual loan in the underlying collateral of this security.  In 2009, we noticed that the credit quality of the underlying collateral was marginally deteriorating causing us to more aggressively monitor and analyze for other-than-temporary-impairment.  To monitor this investment, management has evaluated loan delinquencies, foreclosures, other real estate owned (OREO) and bankruptcies as a percentage of principal remaining on the loans as shown in the table below prior to making assumptions on the performing loans.
 
   
December 31
   
September 30
   
June 30
   
March 31
   
December 31
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
 
Delinquency 60+
    24.14 %     24.24 %     24.01 %     25.16 %     22.58 %
Delinquency 90+
    21.82 %     22.03 %     22.06 %     22.36 %     19.79 %
Other Real Estate Owned
    1.59 %     1.53 %     1.78 %     2.58 %     1.73 %
Foreclosure
    9.92 %     12.24 %     9.55 %     10.70 %     9.42 %
Bankruptcy
    2.88 %     2.44 %     3.12 %     3.08 %     4.08 %
 
We utilized Intex data to determine the default assumptions for all loans that are classified as “past due,” OREO or in foreclosure. A 50% severity rate was assumed on all defaults. This number was derived from the pool average over the last 12 months. The default rate differs for each State based on the severity of that State’s home price depreciation and the number of days the loan is past due.  Any foreclosure or loan classified as other real estate owned is immediately liquidated at a 50% severity. The current loan category is stratified by FICO scores and the level of asset documentation (full documentation, low documentation, or no documentation). The Loan Performance Database driven by Intex data is mined for historical probabilities of loans meeting these characteristics moving into default.  This was done for loans originated in 2006, 2007, and 2008 periods.  The average default rate is then calculated, as well as its standard deviation. Two standard deviations are then added to this mean to derive the current loan CDR assumptions; representing what management feels is a “stressed” scenario. We used the yield at the time of purchase as the discount rate for the cash flow analysis. At the time of purchase the bond was yielding 6%. Therefore, all cash flows in the OTTI analysis were discounted by 6% to get a present value. To determine the fair value, we surveyed two bond desks to see what yield it would take to sell the bond in the open market. Both desks said it would take a yield of 12%-15% to get someone to buy this bond. Management decided to use the conservative figure and discounted the cash flows by 15%. The two bond desks that were surveyed are Sterne Agee and Performance Trust.

Based on the analysis performed using the assumptions above, we have determined that this Private Label CMO is other-than-temporarily-impaired requiring us to record total credit impairment of $96,776 through December 31, 2011.  An OTTI charge of $39,045, $36,961, and $20,770 was recorded for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
 
 
62

 
 
The table below presents a roll-forward of the credit losses relating to debt securities recognized in earnings for the year ending December 31:
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Beginning Balance, January 1
  $ 909,073     $ 750,770     $ -  
Additions for amounts related to credit loss for which an OTTI was not previously recognized
    -       -       -  
Increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary was previously recognized
    149,045       158,303       750,770  
Ending Balance, December 31
  $ 1,058,118     $ 909,073     $ 750,770  
 
Note 4 -    Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows:

   
December 31, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
   
Balance
   
%
   
Balance
   
%
 
                         
Commercial
  $ 214,206,431       46.3 %   $ 233,882,777       48.0 %
Commercial real estate
                               
Construction
    32,124,555       6.9 %     32,749,663       6.7 %
Other
    86,289,841       18.7 %     85,894,544       17.7 %
Residential real estate
                               
Traditional
    53,985,443       11.7 %     54,236,553       11.1 %
Jumbo
    27,859,610       6.0 %     25,833,656       5.3 %
Home equity
    34,593,258       7.4 %     38,395,005       7.9 %
Consumer
    13,767,906       3.0 %     15,979,973       3.3 %
Total loans
    462,827,044       100.0 %     486,972,171       100.0 %
Net deferred loan costs (fees)
    (265,870 )             (58,056 )        
Allowance for loan losses
    (9,408,013 )             (12,489,400 )        
                                 
Net loans
  $ 453,153,161             $ 474,424,715          
 
The following tables summarize changes in the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

   
Commercial
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Residential
Real Estate
   
Home Equity
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
 
Beginning balance 1/1/2011
  $ 5,790,945     $ 6,183,365     $ 386,992     $ 77,051     $ 28,711     $ 22,336     $ 12,489,400  
Provision expense
    (879,621 )     4,840,844       200,612       39,199       (20,963 )     39,929       4,220,000  
Charge-offs
    (1,751,096 )     (6,398,449 )     (7,033 )     (65,739 )     -       -       (8,222,317 )
Recoveries
    803,050       80,188       -       26,412       11,280       -       920,930  
Ending Balance 12/31/2011
  $ 3,963,278     $ 4,705,948     $ 580,571     $ 76,923     $ 19,028     $ 62,265     $ 9,408,013  
 
For the year ended December 31
 
2010
   
2009
 
Beginning balance 1/1
  $ 11,598,389     $ 10,654,879  
Provision expense
    4,745,000       10,735,000  
Charge-offs
    (4,488,982 )     (10,321,717 )
Recoveries
    634,993       530,227  
Ending Balance 12/31
  $ 12,489,400     $ 11,598,389  
 
The following tables present the fair value of the Company’s loans sold by portfolio segment for the periods indicated:

For the year ended December 31, 2011:
     
Commercial
  $ 2,924,839  
Commercial Real Estate
    1,201,862  

 
63

 

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by class of loans based on impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

December 31, 2011
 
Individually evaluated
 for impairment
   
Collectively evaluated
for impairment
   
Total
 
Allowance for loan losses:
                 
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
                 
Commercial
  $ 724,605     $ 3,238,673     $ 3,963,278  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    1,765,000       762,094       2,527,094  
Other
    341,000       1,837,854       2,178,854  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       191,662       191,662  
Jumbo
    290,000       98,909       388,909  
Home Equity
    5,000       71,923       76,923  
Consumer
    -       19,028       19,028  
Unallocated
    -       62,265       62,265  
Total
  $ 3,125,605     $ 6,282,408     $ 9,408,013  
                         
Loans:
                       
Commercial
  $ 8,818,710     $ 206,084,106     $ 214,902,816  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    5,742,203       26,379,914       32,122,117  
Other
    1,468,978       84,932,468       86,401,446  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       54,112,445       54,112,445  
Jumbo
    1,214,846       26,710,303       27,925,149  
Home Equity
    340,313       34,477,182       34,817,495  
Consumer
    -       13,972,956       13,972,956  
Unallocated
    -       -       -  
Total
  $ 17,585,050     $ 446,669,374     $ 464,254,424  

December 31, 2010
 
Individually evaluated
for impairment
   
Collectively evaluated
for impairment
   
Total
 
Allowance for loan losses:
                 
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
                 
Commercial
  $ 794,796     $ 4,996,149     $ 5,790,945  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    2,547,000       664,665       3,211,665  
Other
    445,000       2,526,700       2,971,700  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       262,134       262,134  
Jumbo
    -       124,858       124,858  
Home Equity
    -       77,051       77,051  
Consumer
    -       28,711       28,711  
Unallocated
    -       22,336       22,336  
Total
  $ 3,786,796     $ 8,702,604     $ 12,489,400  
                         
Loans:
                       
Commercial
  $ 15,793,811     $ 218,713,379     $ 234,507,190  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    7,537,656       25,289,702       32,827,358  
Other
    5,853,845       80,188,113       86,041,958  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       54,373,838       54,373,838  
Jumbo
    -       25,899,046       25,899,046  
Home Equity
    -       38,620,639       38,620,639  
Consumer
    -       16,186,219       16,186,219  
Unallocated
    -       -       -  
Total
  $ 29,185,312     $ 459,270,936     $ 488,456,248  
 
 
64

 
 
The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

December 31, 2011
 
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
   
Recorded
Investment
   
Allowance for Loan
Losses Allocated
 
With no related allowance recorded:
                 
Commercial
  $ 5,580,204     $ 5,485,888     $ -  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    2,133,547       2,134,090       -  
Other
    267,610       267,509       -  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       -       -  
Jumbo
    -       -       -  
Home Equity
    -       -       -  
Consumer
    -       -       -  
      7,981,361       7,887,487       -  
With related allowance recorded:
                       
Commercial
    3,328,648       3,332,822       724,605  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    3,597,546       3,608,113       1,765,000  
Other
    1,198,072       1,201,469       341,000  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       -       -  
Jumbo
    1,174,022       1,214,846       290,000  
Home Equity
    337,833       340,313       5,000  
Consumer
    -       -       -  
      9,636,121       9,697,563       3,125,605  
                         
    $ 17,617,482     $ 17,585,050     $ 3,125,605  
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
   
Recorded
Investment
   
Allowance for Loan
Losses Allocated
 
With no related allowance recorded:
                 
Commercial
  $ 10,842,732     $ 10,865,175     $ -  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    1,379,094       1,379,638       -  
Other
    2,208,130       2,208,205       -  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       -       -  
Jumbo
    -       -       -  
Home Equity
    -       -       -  
Consumer
    -       -       -  
      14,429,956       14,453,018       -  
With related allowance recorded:
                       
Commercial
    4,910,918       4,928,636       794,796  
Commercial Real Estate
                       
Construction
    6,156,859       6,158,018       2,547,000  
Other
    3,640,193       3,645,640       445,000  
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
    -       -       -  
Jumbo
    -       -       -  
Home Equity
    -       -       -  
Consumer
    -       -       -  
      14,707,970       14,732,294       3,786,796  
                         
    $ 29,137,926     $ 29,185,312     $ 3,786,796  
 
The following tables present the average impaired loans, interest recognized on impaired loans, and cash-basis interest income recognized on impaired loans for years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
 
65

 
 
 
For the year ended
 
December 31, 2011
 
         
Average impaired loans during the period:
       
Commercial
    $ 10,380,885  
Commercial Real Estate
         
Construction
      6,946,998  
Other
      6,394,974  
Residential Real Estate
         
Traditional
      -  
Jumbo
      234,804  
Home Equity
      67,567  
           
Interest recognized on impaired loans:
         
Commercial
      448,639  
Commercial Real Estate
         
Construction
      373,517  
Other
      228,811  
Residential Real Estate
         
Traditional
      -  
Jumbo
      20,460  
Home Equity
      2,499  
           
Cash-basis interest income recognized:
         
Commercial
      436,937  
Commercial Real Estate
         
Construction
      354,967  
Other
      216,200  
Residential Real Estate
         
Traditional
      -  
Jumbo
      -  
Home Equity
      2,499  

 
For the year ended
 
December 31, 2010
 
         
Average impaired loans during the period
    $ 24,344,233  
           
Interest recognized on impaired loans
      1,107,073  
           
Cash-basis interest income recognized
      1,070,328  

 
For the year ended
 
December 31, 2009
 
         
Average impaired loans during the period
    $ 25,424,530  
           
Interest recognized on impaired loans
      938,621  
           
Cash-basis interest income recognized
      938,621  

 
66

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

December 31, 2011
 
Nonaccrual
   
Loans Past Due
Over 90 Days Still
Accruing
 
Commercial
  $ 5,018,472     $ -  
Commercial Real Estate
               
Construction
    2,134,090       285,123  
Other
    977,324       149,409  
Residential Real Estate
               
Traditional
    520,998       169,168  
Jumbo
    -       1,214,846  
Home Equity
    29,961       195,459  
Consumer
    -       41,473  
Total
  $ 8,680,845     $ 2,055,478  
 
December 31, 2010
 
Nonaccrual
   
Loans Past Due
Over 90 Days Still
Accruing
 
Commercial
  $ 6,413,675     $ 1,961,597  
Commercial Real Estate
               
Construction
    3,476,643       482,512  
Other
    2,208,205       -  
Residential Real Estate
               
Traditional
    825,432       229,213  
Jumbo
    -       -  
Home Equity
    17,292       179  
Consumer
    -       27,843  
Total
  $ 12,941,247     $ 2,701,344  
 
The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

December 31, 2011
 
 
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
   
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
   
Greater than 90
Days Past Due
   
Total Past Due
   
Total Loans Not
Past Due
 
Commercial
  $ 1,633,467     $ 3,804,642     $ 2,396,430       7,834,539     $ 207,068,277  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Construction
    -       63,517       1,280,115       1,343,632       30,778,485  
Other
    -       -       1,126,733       1,126,733       85,274,713  
Residential Real Estate
                                       
Traditional
    519,241       81,550       690,166       1,290,957       52,821,488  
Jumbo
    -       -       1,214,846       1,214,846       26,710,303  
Home Equity
    742,025       -       225,420       967,445       33,850,050  
Consumer
    261,922       47,402       41,473       350,797       13,622,159  
Total
  $ 3,156,655     $ 3,997,111     $ 6,975,183     $ 14,128,949     $ 450,125,475  
 
 
67

 
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
   
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
   
Greater than 90
Days Past Due
   
Total Past Due
   
Total Loans Not
Past Due
 
Commercial
  $ 3,377,433     $ 444,713     $ 5,571,355       9,393,501     $ 225,113,689  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Construction
    3,487,072       -       1,862,150       5,349,222       27,478,136  
Other
    -       239,392       2,208,205       2,447,597       83,594,361  
Residential Real Estate
                                       
Traditional
    738,767       121,252       1,054,645       1,914,664       52,459,174  
Jumbo
    1,183,388       -       -       1,183,388       24,715,658  
Home Equity
    48,433       -       17,471       65,904       38,554,735  
Consumer
    250,040       95,625       27,843       373,508       15,812,711  
Total
  $ 9,085,133     $ 900,982     $ 10,741,669     $ 20,727,784     $ 467,728,464  

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

The Company has allocated $1.0 million and $485,000 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.  The Company has committed to lend additional amounts totaling up to $51,727 and $8,962 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

During the year ending December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included allowing an interest only period for twelve months and/or reducing the interest rate.

The following tables present the recorded investment in loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ending December 31, 2011:

   
December 31, 2011
 
   
Number of
Loans
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment*
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment*
 
Commercial
    1     $ 390,652     $ 390,652  
Commercial Real Estate:
                       
Construction
    2       1,363,790       1,363,790  
Other
    2       488,328       488,328  

*Note: Pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment balances above represent balances prior to the modification and the balance as a result of the modification.

The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $1.0 million and resulted in no charge offs during the year ending December 31, 2011.

The following table presents the recorded investment by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the year ending December 31, 2011:

   
December 31, 2011
 
   
Number of
 Loans
   
Recorded Investment
 
Commercial
    -     $ -  
Commercial Real Estate:
               
Construction
    2       1,321,536  
Other
    2       491,654  

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.
 
 
68

 
 
The troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $1.0 million and resulted in no charge offs during the year ending December 31, 2011.

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ending December 31, 2011 that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $62.9 million for the year ending. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties or a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the company’s internal underwriting policy.

Credit Quality Indicators:

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as:  current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors.  The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk.  This analysis includes non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans.  This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis.  The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention:  Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

Substandard:  Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful:  Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.  Loans listed as not rated are included in groups of homogeneous loans.  As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of the recorded investment of loans by class of loans is as follows:

December 31, 2011
 
Not Rated
   
Pass
   
Special Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
 
Commercial
  $ -     $ 187,479,747     $ 16,599,802     $ 5,804,795     $ 5,018,472  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Construction
    -       23,690,072       2,579,325       3,718,630       2,134,090  
Other
    -       82,262,782       2,134,424       1,026,916       977,324  
Residential Real Estate
                                       
Traditional
    54,112,445       -       -       -       -  
Jumbo
    26,710,303       -       -       1,214,846       -  
Home Equity
    34,477,182       -       -       340,313       -  
Consumer
    13,972,956       -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ 129,272,886     $ 293,432,601     $ 21,313,551     $ 12,105,500     $ 8,129,886  
 
 
69

 
 
December 31, 2010
 
Not Rated
   
Pass
   
Special Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
 
Commercial
  $ -     $ 197,230,795     $ 15,507,296     $ 15,459,634     $ 6,309,465  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Construction
    -       13,900,165       3,104,775       12,345,774       3,476,643  
Other
    -       70,983,944       8,485,742       4,364,067       2,208,205  
Residential Real Estate
                                       
Traditional
    54,373,838       -       -       -       -  
Jumbo
    25,899,046       -       -       -       -  
Home Equity
    38,620,639       -       -       -       -  
Consumer
    16,186,219       -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ 135,079,742     $ 282,114,904     $ 27,097,813     $ 32,169,475     $ 11,994,313  
 
The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses.  For residential, home equity, and consumer classes, the Company also evaluates the credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by activity.  The following table presents the recorded investment in residential, home equity, and consumer loans based on aging status as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

December 31, 2011
 
Not Past Due
   
30 - 89 DaysPast
Due
   
 
Greater than 90
Days Past Due
Still Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
 
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
  $ 52,821,488     $ 600,791     $ 169,168     $ 520,998  
Jumbo
    26,710,303       -       1,214,846       -  
Home Equity
    33,850,050       742,025       195,459       29,961  
Consumer
    13,622,159       309,324       41,473       -  
Total
  $ 127,004,000     $ 1,652,140     $ 1,620,946     $ 550,959  

December 31, 2010
 
Not Past Due
   
30 - 89 Days Past
Due
   
 
Greater than 90
Days Past Due
Still Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
 
Residential Real Estate
                       
Traditional
  $ 52,459,174     $ 860,019     $ 229,213     $ 825,432  
Jumbo
    24,715,658       1,183,388       -       -  
Home Equity
    38,554,735       48,433       179       17,292  
Consumer
    15,812,711       345,665       27,843       -  
Total
  $ 131,542,278     $ 2,437,505     $ 257,235     $ 842,724  
 
 
70

 
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:

   
December 31, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
             
Loans past due over 90 days and still accruing
  $ 2,007,098     $ 2,688,135  
Nonperforming restructured loans
    1,804,724       7,501,958  
Nonaccrual loans
    8,682,161       12,939,331  
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 12,493,983     $ 23,129,424  
Other real estate owned
    3,129,231       4,284,263  
Impaired Securities
    331,464       421,529  
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 15,954,678     $ 27,835,216  
                 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    2.28 %     4.22 %
                 
Nonperforming loans to total loans
    2.70 %     4.75 %

Note:Loan balances disclosed in the chart above are reported at unpaid principal.

Note 5 –    Fair Value

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:

Investment Securities:  The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2), which include our agencies, municipal bonds, and the majority of our mortgage-backed securities. In certain cases where market data is not readily available because of lack of market activity or little public disclosure, values may be based on unobservable inputs and classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, which include our collateralized debt obligations and some mortgage-backed securities.  Collateralized debt obligations, such as Trust Preferred Securities, which are issued by financial institutions and insurance companies have seen a decline in the level of observable inputs and market activity in this class of investments has been significant and resulted in unreliable external pricing.  Broker pricing and bid/ask spreads, when available, vary widely.  The once active market has become comparatively inactive.  The same is true for the mortgage-backed securities that are categorized as Level 3.  As such, these investments are priced at December 31, 2011 and 2010 using Level 3 inputs.  Due to current market conditions as well as the limited trading activity of these securities, the fair value is highly sensitive to assumption changes and market volatility.

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value:  The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan (Level 2).

Impaired Loans:  The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent collateral appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
 
 
71

 
 
Other Real Estate Owned:  The fair value of certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are based on recent real estate appraisals less costs to sell. These appraisals may use a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels our assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
 
      December 31, 2011  
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Available for sale securities:
                       
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ -     $ 616,092     $ -     $ 616,092  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    -       53,044,197       3,686,288       56,730,485  
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
    -       2,743,767       -       2,743,767  
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    -       49,764,746       13,086,544       62,851,290  
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    -       5,678,317       -       5,678,317  
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ -     $ 111,847,119     $ 16,772,832     $ 128,619,951  
                                 
Loans held for sale
  $ -     $ 4,930,368     $ -     $ 4,930,368  

      December 31, 2010  
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Available for sale securities:
                       
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ -     $ 4,172,667     $ -     $ 4,172,667  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    -       38,796,714       -       38,796,714  
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
    -       6,962,688       -       6,962,688  
Mortgage-backed securities (residential)
    -       47,097,328       8,391,642       55,488,970  
Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)
    -       4,683,017       -       4,683,017  
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       -       4,600       4,600  
Total
  $ -     $ 101,712,414     $ 8,396,242     $ 110,108,656  
                                 
Loans held for sale
  $ -     $ 2,140,872     $ -     $ 2,140,872  
 
 
72

 
 
The following table represents the changes in the Level 3 fair-value category for the period ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.  We classify financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant unobservable input in the valuation model.  In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly.  Thus, the gains and losses presented below include changes in the fair value related to both observable and unobservable inputs years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

   
December 31
 
Collateralized Debt Obligation
 
2011
   
2010
 
             
Beginning Balance, January 1
  $ 4,600     $ 10,000  
Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)
               
Included in earnings:
               
Interest income on securities
    -       -  
Credit loss recognized in earnings
    (110,000 )     (121,342 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    105,400       115,942  
Transfers in (out) of Level 3
    -       -  
Ending Balance, December 31
  $ -     $ 4,600  
 
   
December 31
 
 Mortgage backed securities (residential)
 
2011
   
2010
 
             
Beginning Balance, January 1
  $ 8,391,642     $ 5,091,556  
Principal paydowns
    (2,010,236 )     (1,657,809 )
Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)
               
Included in earnings:
               
Interest income on securities
    13,914       65,937  
Credit loss recognized in earnings
    (39,045 )     (36,961 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    54,747       269,567  
Purchases of Level 3 securities
    1,866,428       4,659,352  
Transfers in (out) of Level 3
    4,809,094       -  
Ending Balance, December 31
  $ 13,086,544     $ 8,391,642  
 
   
December 31
 
 Obligations of state and politicial subdivisions
 
2011
   
2010
 
             
Beginning Balance, January 1
  $ -     $ -  
Principal paydowns
    -       -  
Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)
               
Included in earnings:
               
Interest income on securities
    -       -  
Credit loss recognized in earnings
    -       -  
Included in other comprehensive income
    -       -  
Purchases of Level 3 securities
    -       -  
Transfers in (out) of Level 3
    3,686,288       -  
Ending Balance, December 31
  $ 3,686,288     $ -  
 
 
73

 
 
The table below summarizes changes in unrealized gains and losses recorded in earnings for the year ended December 31 for Level 3 assets that are still held at December 31.

   
Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)
Relating to Assets Held at Reporting Date
for the Year Ended December 31
 
Collateralized Debt Obligation
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Impairment recognized in earnings
    110,000       121,342       730,000  

   
Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)
Relating to Assets Held at Reporting Date
for the Year Ended December 31
 
Mortgage backed securities (residential)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Impairment recognized in earnings
    39,045       36,961       20,770  
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

Other certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are therefore not included in the tables above.  These include impaired loans, which are measured at fair value based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.  Fair value is determined, where possible, using market prices derived from an appraisal or evaluation.  However, certain assumptions and unobservable inputs are used many times by the appraiser, therefore, qualifying the assets as Level 3 in the fair-value hierarchy.

The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels our assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

   
December 31, 2011
       
 
Level 1
Level 2
 
Level 3
   
Total
 
Impaired loans:
               
Commercial
      $ 2,616,202     $ 2,616,202  
Commercial Real Estate
                   
Construction
        2,982,632       2,982,632  
Other
        857,072       857,072  
Residential Real Estate
                   
Traditional
        -       -  
Jumbo
        884,022       884,022  
Home Equity
        332,833       332,833  
Other real estate owned:
                   
Commercial Real Estate
                   
Construction
      $ 1,705,300     $ 1,705,300  
Other
        428,350       428,350  
Residential Real Estate
                   
Traditional
        388,420       388,420  
Jumbo
        -       -  
 
 
74

 
 
   
December 31, 2010
       
 
Level 1
Level 2
 
Level 3
   
Total
 
Impaired loans:
               
Commercial
      $ 5,491,859     $ 5,491,859  
Commercial Real Estate
                   
Construction
        763,986       763,986  
Other
        4,617,865       4,617,865  
Other real estate owned:
                   
Commercial Real Estate
                   
Construction
      $ 1,878,255     $ 1,878,255  
Other
        917,000       917,000  
Residential Real Estate
                   
Traditional
        279,000       279,000  
Jumbo
        -       -  
 
Impaired loans, with specific loss allocations, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying value of $10.8 million, with a valuation allowance of $3.1 million, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $3.1 million for the period ending December 31, 2011.  This compares to a carrying value of $12.5 million and a valuation allowance of $1.6 million, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $1.6 million for the period ending December 31, 2010.  The increase in the valuation allowance from 2010 to 2011 was primarily due to the addition of three impaired commercial real estate relationships, two commercial relationships, and one impaired residential real estate relationship with a carrying value of $6.1 million and a valuation allowance of $2.5 million, or 81.2% of the total valuation allowance on all impaired loans.  Impaired loans with a carrying amount totaling $5.4 million at December 31, 2010 were excluded from the chart above as these were measured using the present value of expected future cash flows, which is not considered fair value.

Adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property that include certain assumptions and unobservable inputs used many times by appraisers, resulting in a Level 3 classification.   In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized.  Whenever a new fair value is determined, which is typically done on an annual basis in the other real estate owned category, we report the property at that new value.  At December 31, 2011 the carrying value was $2.5 million, with no valuation allowance, resulting in additional OREO expense of $673,045 in 2011. This compares to a carrying value of $3.5 million, with a valuation allowance of $446,043, at December 31, 2010, resulting in expense of $446,043 for 2010.  The remaining properties in the other real estate owned have either been recently added, at fair value, to the category or were valued more than 12 months ago.

Note 6 -     Premises and Equipment, net

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Land
  $ 3,099,490     $ 3,098,640  
Buildings
    4,166,024       4,166,024  
Leashold improvements
    1,222,795       1,169,418  
Furniture and equipment
    6,746,576       6,680,919  
Construction in process*
    1,025,696       -  
Subtotal
    16,260,581       15,115,001  
Accumulated depreciation
    (7,197,764 )     (6,785,283 )
Premises and equipment, net
  $ 9,062,817     $ 8,329,718  
 
*Note: As of December 31, 2011, construction in process included costs incurred in building and furnishing a new branch, which will replace a branch near the same location that is being leased until January 31, 2012.  Final costs will be moved to their respective categories during the first quarter of 2012 and are not expected to exceed $1.1 million (unaudited).

Depreciation expense for 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $684,237, $794,012, and $1.1 million, respectively.  Information regarding lease commitments is provided in Note 13.
 
 
75

 
 
Note 7 –    Deposits

Deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
 
   
Balance
   
%
   
Balance
   
%
 
                         
Core Deposits:
                       
Noninterest-bearing demand*
  $ 169,757,998       28.2 %   $ 92,872,957       16.1 %
Interest-bearing checking
    114,864,680       19.1 %     101,158,162       17.6 %
Money market
    127,986,494       21.3 %     159,336,066       27.7 %
Savings
    22,397,928       3.7 %     22,672,555       3.9 %
Time, under $100,000
    38,573,165       6.4 %     55,450,402       9.6 %
Total core deposits
    473,580,265       78.7 %     431,490,142       74.9 %
Non-core deposits:
                               
In-market non-core deposits:
                               
Time, $100,000 and over
    25,828,697       4.3 %     39,356,777       6.8 %
Out-of-market non-core deposits:
                               
Brokered money market deposits
    12,032,097       2.0 %     12,015,936       2.1 %
Brokered certificate of deposits
    90,595,777       15.0 %     93,493,281       16.2 %
Total out-of-market deposits
    102,627,874       17.0 %     105,509,217       18.3 %
Total non-core deposits
    128,456,571       21.3 %     144,865,994       25.1 %
                                 
Total deposits
  $ 602,036,836       100.0 %   $ 576,356,136       100.0 %
 
*Note: Approximately $48 million of noninterest bearing deposits were held on a temporary basis and, as expected, left the Bank by the end of January 2012.

The following table shows the maturity distribution for certificates of deposit at December 31,2011.

   
under
    $100,000        
    $100,000    
and over
   
Total
 
                       
2012
    60,816,723       21,425,644       82,242,367  
2013
    11,372,210       2,674,935       14,047,145  
2014
    4,555,092       573,314       5,128,406  
2015
    9,639,425       748,172       10,387,597  
2016
    16,468,343       406,632       16,874,975  
Thereafter
    26,317,153       -       26,317,153  
                         
Total
  $ 129,168,946     $ 25,828,697     $ 154,997,643  

Note 8 -     Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") were:

   
2011
   
2010
 
             
3.19% bullet advance, principal due at maturity March 28, 2011
    -       2,000,000  
3.60% bullet advance, principal due at maturity April 28, 2011
    -       1,500,000  
3.55% bullet advance, principal due at maturity March 26, 2012
    2,000,000       2,000,000  
0.31% bullet advance, principal due at maturity May 21, 2012
    5,000,000       -  
3.81% bullet advance, principal due at maturity March 26, 2013
    2,000,000       2,000,000  
0.49% bullet advance, principal due at maturity August 19, 2013
    3,000,000       -  
                 
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances
  $ 12,000,000     $ 7,500,000  

Of the total FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010, no advances had callable options.
 
 
76

 
 
At December 31, 2011 scheduled principal reductions on these FHLB advances were as follows:

Year
 
Advances
 
2012
    7,000,000  
2013
    5,000,000  
2014
    -  
2015
    -  
2016
    -  
    $ 12,000,000  
 
At December 31, 2011, in addition to FHLB stock, we pledged securities held by the FHLB totaling $20.8 million and have pledged loans totaling approximately $37.4 million that are being safe kept at US Bank as "specific" collateral to secure advances outstanding at FHLB of Indianapolis. Also, we had unpledged interest-bearing deposits with the FHLB at December 31, 2011 totaling $3.3 million.   At December 31, 2010, in addition to FHLB stock, we pledged securities held by the FHLB totaling $1.1 million and have pledged loans totaling approximately $40.8 million that are being safe kept at US Bank as "specific" collateral to secure advances outstanding at FHLB of Indianapolis. Also, we had unpledged interest-bearing deposits with the FHLB at December 31, 2010 totaling $3.3 million.

Note 9 -    Junior Subordinated Debentures and Trust Preferred Securities

On December 5, 2005, TCT2 sold 8,000 Trust Preferred Securities with a par value of $1,000 at a rate equal to the three-month Libor rate plus 1.34%. The initial rate was fixed at 6.21% for the first five years, after which the rate went floating based on the three-month Libor plus 1.34% beginning December 5, 2010. The proceeds of the sale and the initial equity investment were loaned to us in exchange for junior subordinated debentures of $8,248,000 with similar terms to the Trust Preferred Securities. The sole assets of TCT2 are the junior subordinated debentures to us and payments thereunder as well as certain unamortized issuance costs. The junior subordinated debentures are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities at maturity or their earlier redemption at the par amount. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities is December 4, 2035. While subject to receiving approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities are redeemable prior to the maturity date as of December 5, 2010 and each year thereafter at our option. As of December 31, 2011, we have chosen not to redeem the debt due to the low rate of interest we are receiving on this debt of LIBOR plus 134 basis points.  As of December 31, 2011, the rate moved to 1.71%. We have the option to defer interest payments on the Trust Preferred Securities from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods.  The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of this Trust (variable interest entity), therefore the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability.

On December 29, 2006, TCT3 sold 9,000 Trust Preferred Securities with a par value of $1,000 at a rate equal to the three-month Libor rate plus 1.69%. The initial rate was fixed at 6.56% for the first five years, at which the rate will float based on the three-month Libor plus 1.69% beginning March 1, 2012. The proceeds of the sale and the initial equity investment were loaned to us in exchange for junior subordinated debentures of $9,279,000 with similar terms to the Trust Preferred Securities. The sole assets of TCT3 are the junior subordinated debentures to us and payments thereunder as well as certain unamortized issuance costs. The junior subordinated debentures are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities at maturity or their earlier redemption at the par amount. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities is March 1, 2037. Subject to our having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities are redeemable prior to the maturity date beginning March 1, 2012 and each year thereafter at our option. We have the option to defer interest payments on the Trust Preferred Securities from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods.   The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of this Trust (variable interest entity), therefore the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability.

On May 5, 2010, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, effective April 23, 2010 (the “Written Agreement”). The Written Agreement was filed publicly in our Current Report on Form 8-K on May 5, 2010. For details regarding the Written Agreement, refer to Note 16.   One of the requirements in the Written Agreement was that we are not to make any payments of interest on the Company’s Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve.  In response to these requirements, no Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 and 2011.
 
 
77

 
 
Note 10 - Income Taxes
 
The consolidated provision for income taxes for the following years ended December 31 are as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Federal       - current
  $ 445,354     $ 1,672,751     $ (1,979,673 )
                    - deferred
    510,333       (790,280 )     (779,509 )
State           - current
    -       -       -  
                    - deferred
    26,274       (103,927 )     (1,264,943 )
                         
Change in valuation allowance related to realization of net state deferred tax assets
    (2,619,866 )     103,927       1,559,288  
Change in valuation allowance related to realization of security impairments
    85,874       41,256       248,200  
Total income taxes expense
  $ (1,552,031 )   $ 923,727     $ (2,216,637 )

The effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate applicable to corporations as a result of permanent and other differences between accounting and taxable income as shown below:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Statutory tax rate
    34.0 %     34.0 %     (34.0 )%
State tax, net of federal income tax effect
    0.1 %     0.0 %     8.2 %
Tax exempt interest
    (11.6 )%     (9.0 )%     (3.9 )%
Earnings on life insurance
    (3.8 )%     (3.9 )%     (2.0 )%
State tax valuation allowance
    (50.5 )%     0.0 %     0.0 %
Other
    1.2 %     1.5 %     3.4 %
                         
Effective tax rate
    (30.6 %)     22.6 %     (28.3 )%

The net deferred tax asset included the following amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Provision for loan losses
  $ 3,673,101     $ 4,876,915  
State net operating loss and credit carryforward
    1,769,170       1,744,148  
Alternative minimum tax credit
    36,380       -  
Deferred compensation
    670,549       667,058  
Accrued Director's Fees
    292,753       279,681  
Net deferred loan costs
    103,802       22,670  
Depreciation
    68,630       80,100  
Other real estate owned
    1,077,281       845,423  
Security impairments
    413,114       311,999  
Nonaccrual loan interest income
    139,850       -  
Other
    146,952       106,893  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    8,391,582       8,934,887  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Prepaid expenses
    (142,816 )     (147,111 )
Net unrealized appreciation on
               
securities available for sale
    (1,735,307 )     (548,730 )
Other
    (32,507 )     (34,911 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (1,910,630 )     (730,752 )
Net deferred tax asset before asset valuation
    6,480,952       8,204,135  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (375,330 )     (2,909,322 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 6,105,622     $ 5,294,813  
 
 
78

 
 
Realization of deferred tax assets associated with the net operating loss carry forwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration.

In evaluating the federal deferred tax asset, we have come to the conclusion that it is more likely than not going to be realized.  The most important test when evaluating impairment is based on whether or not there is a cumulative net loss over the last three years.  As of December 31, 2011, we no longer have a cumulative net loss position over the last three years.  We have recorded a valuation allowance of $375,330 for federal and state tax on a capital loss from an other-than-temporary impairment charge on the trust preferred security previously held at our investment subsidiary and currently held at the Bank as of December 31, 2011.  The primary reason for this valuation allowance is that capital losses can only be offset by capital gains and the carry forward periods are much shorter at only five years compared to those on ordinary losses at 20 years.  Due to the lack of capital gains recognized, it is more likely than not that the capital loss will be unrealizable.  Although we have recorded a valuation allowance against this loss, there is a possibility that we could realize the loss through proper tax planning in the next couple of years.  This valuation allowance was $289,456 at December 31, 2010.

We previously determined that the state deferred tax asset was more likely than not unrealizable and recorded a valuation allowance against it.  This decision was made primarily due to owning a REIT which has generated a substantial state net operating loss and we thought it was more likely than not that we would not be able to realize the benefit of the state net operating loss before it expires.  In 2011, due to our improvement in earnings and the liquidation of our REIT, we reversed the valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset for both the book to tax timing differences and the state net operating losses.  Based on the last two years of earnings and our expected future earnings, we determined that it was more likely than not that we will be able to realize our state deferred tax asset.  This valuation allowance was $2.6 million at December 31, 2010.  We have an Indiana net operating loss carry forward of approximately $27.4 million which will start to expire in 2022 if not used.  We also have an Indiana credit carry forward of $354,000 which will begin to expire in 2016.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income taxes as well as income tax of the state of Indiana.  The company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities before 2007. We had no unrecognized tax positions at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.  Management does not expect unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.
 
Note 11 – Equity Incentive Plans
 
Options to buy stock were previously granted to directors, officers and employees under the 1998 and 2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plans (the “Plans”), which together provided for issuance of up to 435,000 shares of common stock of Tower Financial Corporation.  Options for all 435,000 shares were issued under the Plans, of which 59,654 remain outstanding as of December 31, 2011.  Option awards were granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of our stock at the date of each grant, vesting over a four-year period, and issued with a ten-year contractual term.  There was no compensation cost against income for options granted under the Plan in accordance with accounting standards for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.  The compensation cost that has been charged against income for options granted under the Plans was $21,996 for 2009.  No income tax benefit was recognized related to this expense.

The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model using grant date assumptions.  Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from historical volatility of our stock and other factors.  We used historical data to estimate option exercise and forfeiture rates within the valuation model for valuation purposes.  The expected term of options granted was derived from the output of the option valuation model and represented the period of time that options granted were expected to be outstanding; the range given below resulted from certain groups of employees exhibiting different behavior.  The risk-free rates for periods within the contractual life of the options are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  No options have been granted since 2005.

 
79

 
 
A summary of the option activity under the Plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the twelve-month period then ended are presented below:
 
         
Weighted-
   
Weighted-
       
         
Average
   
Average
       
         
Aggregate
   
Remaining
       
         
Exercise
   
Contractual
   
Instrinsic
 
Options
 
Shares
   
Price
   
Term
   
Value
 
                         
Outstanding at 1/1/11
    76,154     $ 13.37       2.72     $ -  
                                 
Granted
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
Exercised
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
Forfeited or expired
    (16,500 )     9.89       -       -  
                                 
Outstanding at 12/31/11
    59,654       14.33       2.31       -  
                                 
Vested or expected to vest at 12/31/11
    59,654       14.33       2.31       -  
                                 
Exercisable at 12/31/11
    59,654       14.33       2.31       -  
 
There were no options exercised in 2011, 2010, or 2009.

No further options will be granted under either of these Plans, but the plans will remain in effect for purposes of administering already existing options previously granted and still outstanding under the Plans.  As of December 31, 2011, there is no unrecognized compensation expense for the 1998 and 2001 Stock Options plan.

On April 19, 2006, at our annual meeting of stockholders, stockholders approved Tower Financial Corporation’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, under which 150,000 shares have been reserved for issuance as incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, performance awards, or stock appreciation rights.  The compensation cost that has been charged against income for restricted shares awarded under the Plan was $45,427, $46,910 and $46,910 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  Future expense related to this award will be $14,625 in 2012, $2,125 in 2013, and $2,125 in 2014.  The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $44,498.

A summary of the restricted stock activity as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the twelve-month period then ended are presented below:
 
         
Weighted-
 
         
Average
 
         
Grant-Date
 
Restricted Stock
 
Shares
   
Fair Value
 
             
Outstanding at 1/1/11
    9,750     $ 8.95  
                 
Granted
    1,000       8.50  
                 
Vested
    (5,375 )     8.73  
                 
Forfeited
    (625 )     8.63  
                 
Outstanding at 12/31/11
    4,750       9.14  
 
Pursuant to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee put in place a long term equity incentive program which incorporates a mix of stock awards and cash awards to the participants.  Refer to Note 14 for details on the program.
 
 
80

 
 
Note 12 - Related Persons Transactions
 
Certain directors and executive officers, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, are loan customers of the Bank. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had $17.0 million and $20.9 million, respectively in loan commitments to directors and executive officers, of which $15.7 million and $15.3 million, respectively, were funded at the respective year-ends, as reflected in the following table.

Loans to Directors and Executive Officers
           
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Beginning balance, January 1
  $ 15,259,717     $ 18,848,873  
New loans
    6,394,193       15,073,464  
Repayments
    (3,044,510 )     (18,662,620 )
Other Changes
    (2,868,416 )     -  
                 
Ending balance, December 31
  $ 15,740,984     $ 15,259,717  
 
Other changes include adjustments for loans applicable to one reporting period that are excludable from the other reporting period, due to changes in related parties.

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2011 and 2010 were $14.5 million and $23.6 million.

During 2011, 2010, and 2009, we engaged in transactions with entities controlled by certain directors or their affiliates. All transactions with “related persons” are reviewed and approved pursuant to Tower Financial Corporation’s February 2007 Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons.

The Bank leases its headquarters facility from Tippmann Properties, Inc., agent for John V. Tippmann, Sr.  The original lease was a 10-year lease commencing on January 1, 1999. The headquarters facility consists of drive-up banking windows and approximately 49,257 square feet of usable office space. The lease was renegotiated in 2009 effective January 1, 2010 to reduce the rent on the fifth floor and portions of the second floor, to vacate the third floor, and to extend the lease term on the first and second floors to December 2018.  The lease term for the fifth floor has not changed and expires in December 2013.  These new terms caused a reduction of approximately $60,000 a year in rent compared to the rent expenses recorded in 2009.  There is also an option to renew for an additional ten years. We also have a right of first refusal to buy the entire building in the event the landlord wishes to sell the property. The total amount paid to Tippmann Properties for rent and maintenance was $708,418, $707,841, and $767,290 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. In 2011, we also paid Tippmann Properties $21,655 for remodeling and repair costs we incurred in 2011.  The lease is accounted for as an operating lease. Refer to Note 13 for a summary of future lease payment commitments under this and other leases.

The law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP, of which Robert S. Walters is a partner, performs legal services for the Company. Mr. Walters is the spouse of Irene A. Walters, one of our directors. We paid $120,401, $133,839, and $111,068 in legal fees and related expenses to this law firm in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
 
The relationships with Tippmann Properties, Inc. and Barrett & McNagny LLP were all approved in advance by our Audit Committee and our full Board of Directors pursuant to our Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions With Related Persons.

Note 13 - Commitments and Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit: The Bank maintains off-balance-sheet investments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized, if any, in the balance sheet. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the face amount of these instruments. Commitments to extend credit are recorded when they are funded and standby letters of credit are carried at fair value.
 
 
81

 
 
The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Collateral, such as accounts receivable, securities, inventory, property and equipment, is generally obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower.

Fair value of the Bank’s off-balance-sheet instruments (commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit) is based on rates currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the rates on existing off-balance-sheet instruments were equivalent to current market rates, considering the underlying credit standing of the counterparties.

The Bank’s maximum exposure to credit losses for loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Commitments to extend credit - Variable Rate
  $ 101,212,326     $ 91,118,545  
Commitments to extend credit - Fixed Rate
    25,205,206       13,816,321  
Commitments to extend credit - Fixed Rate Residential Real Estate
    4,493,275       1,924,380  
Standby letters of credit
    9,475,203       2,801,698  
                 
Total
  $ 140,386,010     $ 109,660,944  
 
Management does not anticipate any significant losses as a result of these commitments.  Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of one year or less.

Lease and Other Contracted Commitments: We occupy our headquarters, offices and other facilities under long-term operating leases and, in addition, are party to long-term contracts for data processing and operating systems. The future minimum annual commitments under all operating leases as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

Year
   
Lease Commitments
         
2012
   
                            704,608
 
2013
   
                             701,408
 
2014
   
                             600,617
 
2015
   
                             600,617
 
2016
   
                             600,617
 
2017 and beyond
   
                          1,201,235
 
         
    $
4,409,102
 
 
The lease expense paid for operating leases for the facilities leased was $752,676, $775,238, and $846,165 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Employment Contracts: Under the terms of certain employment contracts, upon the occurrence of certain events resulting in the severance of certain senior officers’ employment, payments may be required to be made in excess of amounts that have been accrued.
 
 
82

 
 
Note 14 - Benefit Plans

Profit Sharing Plan: We maintain a profit sharing plan covering substantially all employees. Payments to be made under the plan, if at all, are determined by our Compensation Committee.  Awards may be based on a formula approved by our Board of Directors, our results of operations, individual performance measures and/or may be discretionary.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, management had accrued a liability for this plan of approximately $697,500 and $594,352, respectively, which is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.  The expense incurred during 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $697,500, $594,352, and $95,000, respectively.

Long-term Incentive Program: Pursuant to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee put in place a long term equity incentive program which incorporates a mix of stock awards and cash awards to the participants.  The Compensation Committee has allocated a total of 35,000 shares of stock and $275,000 of cash awards to this program.  Currently, there are 19 participants in this program including the entire senior management team and several other key personnel. Additional participants may be added at the recommendation of management and approval by the Compensation Committee. The purpose behind this program was to integrate equity compensation into the total compensation packages of key officers with attainable yet long term fixed time horizons which in turn would incentivize continued earnings growth.
 
The program equity and cash awards are made based on a two-step process.  The steps are as follows:
 
 
Step 1 Shares/Cash – Trust Co. Participants:  Earned when the Trust Company has reached $875,000 of net income for the reporting year.  Must be attained by 12/31/2012.
 
Step 1 Shares/Cash – Bank Participants:  Earned when Tower Financial Corporation has reached $4.0 million of net income for the reporting year.  Must be attained by 12/31/2012.
 
Step 2 Shares/Cash – All Participants:  Earned when Tower Financial Corporation has reached $5.0 million of net income for the reporting year.  Must be attained by 12/31/2013.

As of December 31, 2011, our net income was $6.6 million, which triggered Steps 1 and 2 for the Bank participants and Step 2 for the Trust participants.  Pursuant to the plan, a total of 23,858 shares of TOFC stock were deemed earned as of December 31, 2011, along with $171,675 of cash awards.  The awards associated with Step 1 for the Trust participants remain in place, as the Trust company has until the end of fiscal year 2012 to achieve those targets.  There are 3,002 stock awards and $23,850 of cash awards associated with Step 1 of the Trust participant plan.  The remaining unallocated awards, 8,140 shares of stock and $79,475 of cash, will not be utilized now that both Step 1 and Step 2 for the Bank participants and Step 2 for the Trust participants have been achieved.  Per the terms of the Plan, the awards cannot be paid out until the Bank is released from our formal written agreement with the Federal Reserve.  If the formal agreement remains in place at the end of 2012, the awards for Step 1 will be forfeited.  As a result, the compensation cost has been charged against income to accrue for the granting of these unrestricted shares and cash payments in the amount of $369,935.  As of December 31, 2011, management had accrued a liability for this plan of approximately $369,935, which is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
401(k) Plan: We established a 401(k) plan effective March 1, 1999 covering substantially all of our employees. The plan allows employees to contribute up to 15% of their compensation. We may match a portion of the employees’ contributions and provide investment choices for employees, including investment in our common stock. Matching contributions are vested equally over a six-year period. Matching contributions to the 401(k) plan are determined annually by management and approved by our Compensation Committee. In 2009, the Compensation Committee approved a contribution matching 25% of the first 4% through September 2009 and made no matching contribution in the fourth quarter of 2009. The match of 25% on the first 4% was reinstated by the Compensation Committee as of July 1, 2010 through June 30, 2011.  On July 1, 2011, the contribution matching was increased to 25% of the first 6% where it remained through December 31, 2011.  The total contribution made during 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $88,986, $26,553, and $32,921, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan: Effective January 1, 2002, a deferred compensation plan covers certain officers. Under the plan, we pay each participant, or their beneficiary, the amount of compensation deferred by the employee or contributed by the employer on a discretionary basis, plus interest, beginning with the individual’s termination of service. Employer discretionary contributions vest over four years.  Payments are to be made either immediately or over a five-year period, depending upon the amount to be paid. A liability is accrued for the obligation under this plan and is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The expense (income) incurred for the deferred compensation plan in 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $2,535, ($329), and $15,718, respectively, resulting in a deferred compensation liability of $124,066 and $121,531 and $121,860 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
 
83

 
 
Deferred Directors' Fees Plan: Effective January 1, 2002, the deferred directors' fee plan covers all non-employee directors for a period of 10 years. Under the plan, we pay each participant, or their beneficiary, the amount of directors' fees deferred plus interest, beginning with the director’s termination of service or the expiration of the plan, whichever comes first.  Payments upon termination of service are paid on March 31st of the year following termination. Payments are to be made either in a lump sum or over a four-year period. A liability is accrued for the obligation under this plan and is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The expense incurred for the deferred directors' fee plan for 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $33,594, $46,646, and $132,171 resulting in a deferred compensation liability of $749,836 and $716,242 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Supplemental Employment Retirement Plan: Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted a supplemental employee retirement plan that covers one officer. In January 2005 the plan was amended to set the benefit at 65% of the officer’s highest annual salary.  On January 1, 2006, the retirement benefit plan was further amended to set a fixed amount of up to a maximum $185,250 annually, depending on the officer’s age at retirement.  On December 31, 2009, the officer retired, which was eighteen months earlier than originally planned.  Based on the employee’s age at his early retirement, the new annual retirement benefit to be paid until the officer’s death will be $156,750 and was effective January 1, 2010.  As a result of this early retirement, it was necessary to record the present value of the full amount of the obligation as of December 31, 2009. The plan started disbursing funds to the former employee in July of 2010 as stated in the plan.  The obligation under the plan was approximately $1.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The expense attributable to the plan is included in salaries and other employee benefits and was $163,413 in 2011, $112,171 in 2010, and $490,690 in 2009.

Note 15 - Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following schedule reflects the carrying values and estimated fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Only financial instruments are shown.

   
2011
         
2010
       
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
 
Financial assets:
 
 
         
 
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 67,272,022     $ 67,272,022     $ 29,679,382     $ 29,679,382  
Long-term interest earning deposits
    450,000       450,000       996,000       996,000  
Securities available for sale
    128,619,951       128,619,951       110,108,656       110,108,656  
FHLBI and FRB stock
    3,807,700       N/A       4,075,100       N/A  
Loans held for sale
    4,930,368       4,930,368       2,140,872       2,140,872  
Loans, net
    453,153,161       458,410,053       474,424,715       477,931,195  
Accrued interest receivable
    2,675,870       2,675,870       2,391,953       2,391,953  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    (602,036,836 )     (605,724,529 )     (576,356,136 )     (579,132,112 )
FHLB advances
    (12,000,000 )     (12,085,500 )     (7,500,000 )     (7,716,450 )
Junior subordinated debt
    (17,527,000 )     (4,381,750 )     (17,527,000 )     (16,537,065 )
Accrued interest payable
    (2,148,424 )     (2,148,424 )     (1,415,713 )     (1,415,713 )
 
Estimated fair value for securities available for sale is consistent with the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 5.  For securities where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated based on the fair value of similar securities and in some cases on unobservable inputs due to inactive market activity.  Estimated fair value of FHLBI and FRB stock cannot be determined due to restrictions placed on its transferability.  Estimated fair value for loans is based on the rates charged at year-end for new loans with similar maturities, applied until the loan is assumed to re-price or be paid and the allowance for loan losses is considered to be a reasonable estimate of discount for credit quality concerns. Estimated fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets. Estimated fair value for IRAs, certificates of deposit, short-term borrowings, fixed rate advances from the FHLB and the junior subordinated debt are based on the rates at year-end for new deposits or borrowings, applied until maturity. Estimated fair value for other financial instruments and off-balance-sheet loan commitments is considered to approximate carrying value.

 
84

 
 
Note 16 - Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required.

In January of 2007, our Board of Directors passed a resolution, at the request of our regulators, requiring Tower Bank to maintain a minimum tier one leverage ratio of 8.0%.  This is 3.0% above the well-capitalized and 4.0% above the minimum capital adequacy ratios set by the Federal Reserve Bank.  The resolution was passed due to the rapid growth of the Bank at that time, as the elevated minimum ratio would provide additional capital for the bank to deploy as deemed fit.  In January of 2010, our Board of Directors passed a resolution requiring the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.0% and the Company to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 7.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5% each to be measured at the end of each quarter.  Both of these ratios are well above the minimum capital adequacy ratios set by the Federal Reserve Bank to be considered “well-capitalized” at 5.0% and 10.0% for the Tier 1 leverage capital ratio and the total risk-based capital ratio, respectively.  At December 31, 2011 the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 10.64% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 14.69%.

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve and the IDFI categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the schedule below as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
Total
   
Tier 1
   
Tier 1
 
   
Risk-Based
   
Risk-Based
   
Leverage
 
2011
 
Capital
   
Capital
   
Capital
 
                   
Minimum capital adequacy ratio
    8.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
Percent to be well capitalized
    10.00 %     6.00 %     5.00 %
Actual % - December 31, 2011
                       
Company
    15.16 %     13.91 %     10.97 %
Bank
    14.69 %     13.43 %     10.64 %
At December 31, 2011:
                       
Required capital for minimum capital adequacy
                       
Company
    42,202,097       21,101,049       26,739,676  
Bank
    42,251,985       21,125,993       26,673,937  
Required capital to be well capitalized
                       
Company
    52,752,622       31,651,573       33,424,595  
Bank
    52,814,982       31,688,989       33,342,421  
Actual capital
                       
Company
    79,992,704       73,363,886       73,363,886  
Bank
    77,591,477       70,954,961       70,954,961  
 
 
85

 
 
   
Total
   
Tier 1
   
Tier 1
 
   
Risk-Based
   
Risk-Based
   
Leverage
 
2010
 
Capital
   
Capital
   
Capital
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Minimum capital adequacy ratio
    8.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
Percent to be well capitalized
    10.00 %     6.00 %     5.00 %
Actual % - December 31, 2010
                       
Company
    14.30 %     13.10 %     10.55 %
Bank
    13.72 %     12.46 %     10.08 %
At December 31, 2010:
                       
Required capital for minimum capital adequacy
                       
Company
  $ 42,389,331     $ 21,194,666     $ 26,311,132  
Bank
    42,526,231       21,263,116       26,294,523  
Required capital to be well capitalized
                       
Company
    52,986,664       31,791,999       32,888,915  
Bank
    53,157,789       31,894,674       32,868,153  
Actual capital
                       
Company
    75,759,323       69,418,093       69,418,093  
Bank
    72,953,185       66,236,305       66,236,305  
 
On May 5, 2010, Tower Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust Company, entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, effective April 23, 2010 (the “Written Agreement”).  A Written Agreement is a process employed by the Federal Reserve and the IDFI to memorialize certain understandings with the Company and the Bank, in this case flowing from a fall 2009 joint Federal Reserve and IDFI examination, based upon June 30, 2009 financial position and operating results. A Written Agreement typically addresses all of the major aspects of a financial institution’s financial and operating metrics, including capital requirements, asset quality, management, earnings and liquidity, whether or not identified as requiring improvement.

The following description is only a summary of the Written Agreement and does not purport to be a complete description of all of its terms, and the summary is, therefore, qualified in its entirety by reference to the Written Agreement that is filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2010.

Among other things, the Written Agreement requires the Company and the Bank:

 
to review and revise its loan policies with regard establishing interest rate reserves; time frame for new appraisals, and its internal loan grading system.

 
to develop enhanced approval processes for the renewal of credit to any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit on its internal watch list.

 
to expand the level of detail for all asset improvement plans and the process of reporting such plans to its Board of Directors.

 
to enhance the level of Board of Director oversight and review of pertinent operating and financial metrics.

 
to refine and improve its capital contingency plan, so as to continue to remain in excess of those levels required to remain “well capitalized”.

 
to outline and refine its liquidity policy and liquidity funding plan.

 
to not pay dividends on or redeem any of its common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve.
 
 
86

 
 
Note 17 – Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Options for 59,654, 76,154, and  91,404, shares of common stock were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, because they were not dilutive.  The Company also had preferred stock which could be converted at the option of the holders into 128,738 shares of common stock at December 31, 2010. All preferred stock has been converted to common stock as of December 31, 2011.  Preferred stock was not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2009 because they were not dilutive. As the Company reported a net loss in 2009, stock options, by definition, are anti-dilutive and are not considered.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Basic
                 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,608,916 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,824,514       4,334,084       4,090,416  
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 1.37     $ 0.73     $ (1.37 )
                         
Diluted
                       
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,608,916 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,824,514       4,334,084       4,090,416  
Add: dilutive effect of stock option exercises
    -       -       -  
Add: dilutive effect of assumed preferred stock conversion
    28,501       224,834       -  
Weighted average common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding and preferred stock conversion
    4,853,015       4,558,918       4,090,416  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 1.36     $ 0.69     $ (1.37 )
 
 
87

 
 
Note 18 - Parent Company-Only Condensed Financial Statements

Following are condensed parent company financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,986,016     $ 4,662,525  
Securities held to maturity
    -       -  
Securities available for sale
    74,444       100,773  
Accrued interest receivable
    86       86  
Investment in Tower Bank
    76,652,225       67,237,164  
Investment in the Tower Capital Trust 2
    248,000       248,000  
Investment in the Tower Capital Trust 3
    279,000       279,000  
Other assets
    2,231,459       1,157,234  
                 
Total assets
  $ 83,471,230     $ 73,684,782  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
               
Accued interest payable
  $ 2,026,532     $ 1,209,680  
Other liabilities
    227,199       232,597  
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP)
    1,593,427       1,586,753  
Junior subordinated debt
    17,527,000       17,527,000  
Stockholders' equity
    62,097,072       53,128,752  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 83,471,230     $ 73,684,782  

Condensed Statements of Operations

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Income
                 
Interest Income
  $ -     $ -     $ 5,033  
Investment Income (loss)
    23,003       33,742       (26,452 )
Dividends from subsidiaries
    -       -       800,000  
Gain on sale of held-to-maturity securities
    -       888,059       -  
Gain (Loss) on sale of Trust Company
    -       -       (127,697 )
Total income
    23,003       921,801       650,884  
Expense
                       
Interest expense
    816,852       1,158,956       1,128,017  
Employment expenses
    364,715       323,898       1,206,747  
Professional  fees
    274,768       207,220       245,247  
Other expense
    93,119       115,890       112,990  
Total expense
    1,549,454       1,805,964       2,693,001  
Loss before income taxes benefit and equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
    (1,526,451 )     (884,163 )     (2,042,117 )
Income tax benefit
    (1,051,660 )     (299,915 )     (865,623 )
Equity (Deficit) in undistributed net income/(loss)
                       
of Tower Bank and Tower Trust
    7,094,327       3,748,019       (4,558,540 )
Net income/(loss)
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,735,034 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    -       -       (1,579 )
Net income/(loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,736,613 )
Comprehensive income/(loss)
  $ 8,922,893     $ 3,318,923     $ (4,537,358 )

 
88

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,735,034 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
                       
(Equity) deficit in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries
    (7,094,327 )     (3,748,019 )     4,558,540  
(Gain) on sale of held to maturity securities
    -       (888,059 )     -  
Loss on sale of Trust Company
    -       -       127,697  
Change in accrued interest receivable
    -       (86 )     -  
Change in accrued interest payable
    816,852       1,158,955       -  
Change in other assets
    (1,065,273 )     (201,439 )     423,878  
Change in other liabilities
    46,703       (50,125 )     1,983,666  
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
    (676,509 )     (565,002 )     1,358,747  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Capital investment - Tower Bank
    -       -       (6,582,800 )
Purchase of other investments
    -       -       (1,536,082 )
Proceeds from sale of held to maturity securities
    -       900,784       -  
Proceeds from maturity of investments
    -       -       11,841  
Proceeds from sale of Trust Company
    -       -       5,510,170  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
    -       900,784       (2,596,871 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
    -       -       (1,579 )
Proceeds from issuance of commons stock
    -       2,826,810       -  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
    -       -       1,788,000  
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
    -       2,826,810       1,786,421  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (676,509 )     3,162,592       548,297  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    4,662,525       1,499,933       951,636  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 3,986,016     $ 4,662,525     $ 1,499,933  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Non-cash Items:
                       
Transfer of securities from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale
  $ -     $ 3,316     $ -  
 
 
89

 
 
Note 19 - Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.  Following is a summary of other comprehensive income for years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 
   
For the years ended December 31
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Net Income (Loss)
  $ 6,619,536     $ 3,163,771     $ (5,607,337 )
Change in securities available-for-sale:
                       
Unrealized holding gains(losses) on securities for which other-than-temporary-impairment has been recorded
    (35,233 )     19,952       (274,503 )
Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities associated with credit losses realized in income
    149,045       158,303       750,770  
Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities, recorded in OCI
    113,812       178,255       476,267  
Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate floor
    -       -       309,637  
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on transfers from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale securities
    -       305,119       -  
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the period
    4,152,875       861,447       1,409,025  
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in income on interest rate floor
    -       -       (309,637 )
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in income on held-to-maturity securities
    -       (888,059 )     -  
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in income on available-for-sale securities
    (776,753 )     (221,684 )     (264,112 )
Net unrealized gains
    3,376,122       56,823       1,144,913  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    1,186,577       79,926       551,201  
Total other comprehensive income
    2,303,357       155,152       1,069,979  
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
  $ 8,922,893     $ 3,318,923     $ (4,537,358 )
 
 
90

 
 
Note 20 – Business Segments

Management separates Tower Financial Corporation into three distinct businesses for reporting purposes.  The three segments are Banking, Wealth Management, and Corporate and Intercompany.  The segments are evaluated separately on their individual performance, as well as their contribution as a whole.

The majority of assets and income result from the Banking segment.  The Bank is a full-service commercial bank with six Allen County locations and one Warsaw location. The Wealth Management segment is made up of Tower Trust Company, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.  The Trust Company provides estate planning, investment management, and retirement planning, as well as investment brokerage services.  The Corporate and Intercompany segment includes the holding company and subordinated debentures.  We incur general corporate expenses, as well as interest expense on the subordinated debentures.

   
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2011
 
                               
         
Wealth
   
Corporate &
             
   
Bank
   
Management
   
Intercompany
   
Eliminations
   
Total
 
Income Statement Information
                         
Net interest income
  $ 23,521,464     $ 50,182     $ (816,852 )   $ -     $ 22,754,794  
                                         
Non-interest income
    4,504,688       3,623,460       7,117,330       (7,094,327 )     8,151,151  
                                         
Non-interest expense
    18,207,238       2,678,600       732,602       -       21,618,440  
                                         
Noncash items
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    4,220,000       -       -       -       4,220,000  
Depreciation/Amortization
    1,808,303       34,640       -       -       1,842,943  
                                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,144,718 )     644,347       (1,051,660 )             (1,552,031 )
                                         
Segment Profit/(Loss)
    6,743,632       350,695       6,619,536       (7,094,327 )     6,619,536  
                                         
Balance Sheet Information
                                       
Segment Assets
    704,125,313       7,003,980       86,321,990       (96,770,027 )     700,681,256  
 
   
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010
 
                               
         
Wealth
   
Corporate &
             
   
Bank
   
Management
   
Intercompany
   
Eliminations
   
Total
 
Income Statement Information
                         
Net interest income
  $ 23,355,584     $ 64,462     $ (1,158,956 )   $ -     $ 22,261,090  
                                         
Non-interest income
    3,272,788       3,619,515       4,669,820       (3,748,019 )     7,814,104  
                                         
Non-interest expense
    18,048,022       2,547,666       647,008       -       21,242,696  
                                         
Noncash items
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    4,745,000       -       -       -       4,745,000  
Depreciation/Amortization
    1,619,564       35,461       -       -       1,655,025  
                                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
    825,167       398,475       (299,915 )     -       923,727  
                                         
Segment Profit/(Loss)
    3,010,183       737,836       3,163,771       (3,748,019 )     3,163,771  
                                         
Balance Sheet Information
                                       
Segment Assets
    654,443,027       6,550,795       76,535,542       (77,601,109 )     659,928,255  

 
91

 

Note 21 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

   
Interest
   
Net Interest
   
Net
   
Earnings per share
 
2011
 
Income
   
Income
   
Income
   
Basic
   
Diluted
 
First quarter
  $ 7,275,757     $ 5,642,998     $ 782,643     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
Second quarter
    7,335,614       5,720,640       1,089,829       0.23       0.22  
Third quarter
    7,241,216       5,684,040       1,324,585       0.27       0.27  
Fourth quarter
    7,041,125       5,707,116       3,422,479       0.71       0.71  
Total
  $ 28,893,712     $ 22,754,794     $ 6,619,536                  
                                         
2010
                                       
First quarter
  $ 7,772,892     $ 5,563,310     $ 721,036     $ 0.18     $ 0.16  
Second quarter
    7,751,070       5,597,262       514,090       0.13       0.12  
Third quarter
    7,540,884       5,580,298       1,045,066       0.24       0.23  
Fourth quarter
    7,387,675       5,520,220       883,579       0.19       0.18  
Total
  $ 30,452,521     $ 22,261,090     $ 3,163,771                  
 
Note: Earnings per share data may not agree to annual amounts due to rounding.

Net income for each of the four quarters in 2011 was higher than the same quarters in 2010 primarily due to a an increase in net interest income, an increase in noninterest income, and a decrease in provision expenses in 2011 over 2010.  Interest income decreased in 2011 from 2010 due to a prolonged period of low interest rates that have not changed since December 2008.

Note 22 – Preferred Stock

On September 25, 2009, we sold 18,300 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the net amount of $1.8 million. Each share was sold for $100 each and is convertible into Tower Financial Corporation common stock at a price per share of $6.02, which is a 30% premium on the common stock market price on the purchase date, September 25, 2009.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock had no expiration date; however, Tower Financial Corporation had the right to call the shares on or after September 25, 2012 until September 24, 2013 at 110% of par, after September 25, 2013 until September 24, 2014 at 105% of par, and at par after September 25, 2014.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock qualified as Tier 1 capital and paid quarterly dividends at a rate of Prime plus 2%, with a ceiling of 9.25%, per annum upon the approval of the Board of Directors.  During 2010, 10,550 preferred stock shares converted to 175,249 shares of common stock at a price of $6.02 per common stock share.  During 2011, the remaining 7,750 preferred stock shares were converted to 128,738 shares of common stock at a price of $6.02 per common stock shares. No dividends were paid on preferred stock in 2011 and 2010 and $1,579 in dividends were paid in 2009.

 
92

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tower Financial Corporation
Fort Wayne, Indiana
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tower Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.   The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tower Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
 
South Bend, Indiana
March 19, 2012
 
 
93

 
 
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

NONE.
 
ITEM9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 
(a)
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files and submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with our independent registered public accounting firm, Crowe Horwath LLP, and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.
 
 
94

 
 
(b) Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Image 2
 
March 19, 2012
 
Board of Directors
Tower Financial Corporation
116 East Berry Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Tower Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management.
 
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition. The system of internal control over financial reporting is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audit with actions taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Because of inherent limitations in any internal control system, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based upon criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
Based on this assessment and on the forgoing criteria, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

       
/s/  Michael D. Cahill
 
/s/  Richard R. Sawyer
 
Michael D. Cahill
 
Richard R. Sawyer
 
President and Principal Executive Officer
 
Vice President and Principal Financial Officer
 
 
(c) Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As of September 30, 2011,we reported that our disclosure controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 were not effective, at a reasonable assurance level, because of a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting, which we view as an integral part of our disclosure controls and procedures. As part of our third quarter financial statement preparation process, we recorded an after-tax adjustment of $153,000, to record a mortgage banking derivative which was the result of an increase in our mortgage loan commitment pipeline as of September 30, 2011. Due to the size of this adjustment and the activity in our mortgage loan commitment pipeline, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls relative to our monitoring activities over the proper accounting and disclosure of mortgage banking activities at that time. Management has designed and implemented controls to ensure we maintain proper monitoring over accounting procedures for our mortgage banking activities.  These control disclosures and procedures have been remediated and deemed effective as of December 31, 2011.

 
95

 

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION.

NONE.
PART III

ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 10 with respect to directors and corporate governance is incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “Governance of the Company” and “Information About Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “Executive Compensation and Related Information” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Management, Directors and Certain Beneficial Owners” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our year.
 
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “Governance of the Company” and “Related Persons Transactions” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Auditors’ Services and Fees” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

 
96

 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)
1.
Financial Statements. The following consolidated financial statements of Registrant are included herein under Item 8 of Part II:
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010
47
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income - for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
48
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity - for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
50
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
51
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
52
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
93
 
 
2.
Financial Statement Schedules.
 
All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 
(b)
Exhibits:

No.
Description
 
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Tower Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed November 13, 1998 (Registration No. 333-67235).
 
3.1(a)
Restated Articles of Amendment to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of Tower Financial Corporation, adding new Section 5.6 regarding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 28, 2009.
 
3.2
Amended Bylaws of Tower Financial Corporation, incorporated herein from Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed March 8, 2005
 
4.1
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated December 5, 2005, for Tower Capital Trust 2 between Tower Financial Corporation (Depositor) and Wilmington Trust Company (Trustee)
 
4.2
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2006, for Tower Capital Trust 3 between Tower Financial Corporation (Depositor) and Wilmington Trust Company (Trustee)
 
10.1
Lease Agreement dated October 6, 1998, between Tower Financial Corporation and Tippmann Properties, Inc., incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed November 13, 1998.
 
10.1(a - h)
Amendments to Lease Agreement between Tower Financial Corporation and Tippmann Properties, Inc.
 
10.3
Lease Agreement dated August 8, 2000, between Tower Financial Corporation and Rogers Markets, Inc., incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarter Report on Form 10-QSB for the period September 30, 2000, filed November 13, 2000.
 
 
97

 
 
10.4
1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2/A, filed December 30, 1998 (Registration No. 333-67235).
 
10.5
2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, incorporated herein from Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed June 29, 2001 (Registration Number 333-64194).
 
10.6†
Employment Agreement dated April 25, 2002 between the Registrant and Gary D. Shearer, incorporated by reference herein from Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form QSB for the period ended March 31, 2002, filed May 14, 2002.
 
10.7†
Employment Agreement dated April 25, 2002, between Tower Financial Corporation and James E. Underwood incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed March 30, 2010
 
10.8
Agreement and Mutual Release dated December 17, 2009, terminating Employment Agreement of Donald F. Schenkel.
 
10.9†
Employment Agreement dated November 23, 2009, between Tower Financial Corporation and Michael D. Cahill, incorporated herein from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 25, 2009.
 
10.10†
Employment Agreement dated September 18, 2009, between Tower Financial Corporation and Richard R. Sawyer, incorporated herein from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21, 2009.
 
10.11†
Revised and Restated Tower Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated July 22, 2008 (Donald F. Schenkel), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 28, 2008. (See, also, Exhibit 10.8)
 
10.13
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed March 8, 2005
 
10.19†
Deferred Compensation Plan dated January 1, 2002, incorporated herein from Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed March 8, 2002.
 
10.20†
Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, dated January 1, 2002, incorporated herein from Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed March 8, 2002.
 
10.21†
Tower Financial Corporation Section 401(k) Plan, incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed July 2, 2001 (Registration Number 333-64318).
 
10.22†
Tower Financial Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K, filed March 21, 2007.
 
10.23
Written Agreement executed May 5, 2010, by and among Tower Financial Corporation, Tower Bank and Trust Company, the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, and the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K May 5, 2010

10.24
Private Placement of Common Stock Subscription Agreement, dated July 19, 2010, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K July 23, 2010.
 
10.25†
Employment Agreement Extension with Michael D. Cahill dated January 18, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on January 23, 2012.
 
10.26†
Employment Agreement Extension with Richard R. Sawyer dated January 18, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on January 23, 2012.
 
 
98

 
 
10.27†
Amendment No. 1 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed March 19, 2012.
 
16.1
Crowe Horwath LLP letter incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on December 9, 2011.
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350.
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350.
 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
 
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
* Filed herewith
† Indicates a management contract, compensation plan or arrangement as contemplated by Item 6.01 of Regulation S-K

 
99

 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
  TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  
       
Date: March 19, 2012
By:
/s/ Michael D. Cahill  
    Michael D. Cahill  
    President, Chief Executive  
    Officer and Director  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature   Title   Date
       
/s/ Michael D. Cahill   President, Chief Executive  March 19, 2012
Michael D. Cahill   Officer and Director (Principal  
    Executive Officer)  
       
/s/ Richard R. Sawyer     Executive Vice President, Chief   March 19, 2012
Richard R. Sawyer   Financial Officer and Secretary  
    (Principal Financial Officer  
    and Principal Accounting Officer)  
       
/s/ Keith E. Busse   Chairman of the Board & Director  March 19, 2012
Keith E. Busse      
       
/s/ Kathryn D. Callen    
Director
March 19, 2012
Kathryn D. Callen      
       
/s/ Scott A. Glaze  
Director
March 19, 2012
Scott A. Glaze      
       
/s/ Jerome F. Henry, Jr.   
Director
March 19, 2012
Jerome F. Henry, Jr.      
       
/s/ Debra A. Niezer   
Director
March 19, 2012
Debra A. Niezer      
       
/s/ William G. Niezer  
Director
March 19, 2012
William G. Niezer      
       
/s/ Donald F. Schenkel   
Director
March 19, 2012
Donald F. Schenkel      
       
/s/ Kim T. Stacey   
Director
March 19, 2012
Kim Stacey      
       
/s/ Robert N. Taylor   
Director
March 19, 2012
Robert N. Taylor      
       
/s/ John V. Tippmann, Sr.  
Director
March 19, 2012
John V. Tippmann, Sr.      
       
/s/ Ronald W. Turpin  
Director
March 19, 2012
Ronald Turpin      
       
/s/ Irene A. Walters  
Director
March 19, 2012
Irene A. Walters
     
 
 
 100